UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form10-K

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended July 1, 20172023

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from  to

For the transition period from

to

Commission File Number001-37578

img132804066_0.jpg 

Performance Food Group Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

43-1983182

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(IRS employerEmployer

identification no.Identification No.)

12500 West Creek Parkway

Richmond, Virginia23238

(804)

(804) 484-7700

(Address of principal executive offices)offices, including zip code)

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

PFGC

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of RegulationS-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to this Form10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer

Accelerated Filer

Non-accelerated Filer

☐  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller Reporting Company

Emerging Growth Company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No ☒

At December 30, 2016,2022, the last business day of the Registrant’sregistrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of common stock held bynon-affiliates was $1,134,541,152$8,900,539,105 (based on the closing sale price of common stock on such date on the New York Stock Exchange).

104,075,910156,193,785 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding as of August 16, 2017.9, 2023.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Schedule 14A relating to the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on or about November 10, 2017,15, 2023, are incorporated by reference in response to Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form10-K. The definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year ended July 1, 2017.2023.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

1

PART I

3

Item 1.

Business3

Item 1A.Risk Factors10
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments26
Item 2.Properties27
Item 3.Legal Proceedings28
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures29

Page

PART IISPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

30

1

PART I

3

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

8

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

18

Item 2.

Properties

19

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

20

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

20

PART II

21

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

30

21

Item 6.

[Reserved]

Selected Financial Data31

22

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

33

23

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

55

36

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

56

38

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

103

80

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

103

80

Item 9B.

Other Information

104

81

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

81

PART III

105

82

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

105

82

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

105

82

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

105

82

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

105

82

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

105

82

PART IV

106

83

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

106

83

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Form10-K Summary106

83

SIGNATURES

107

88



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form10-K (this “Form10-K”) may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included in this Form10-K, including statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, beliefs, business strategies, future events, business conditions, our results of operations, financial position, and our business outlook, business trends and other information, may beare forward-looking statements. Words such as “estimates,” “expects,” “contemplates,” “will,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts,” “may,” “should” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based upon our current expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections, and various assumptions, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Our expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections will result or be achieved, and actual results may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the forward-looking statements.

There are a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Form10-K. Such risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ include, among others, the risks, uncertainties and factors set forth under Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Form10-K (“Item 1A”), as such risk factors may be updated from time to time in our periodic filings with the SEC,Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and are accessible on the SEC’s website atwww.sec.gov, and also include the following:

economic factors, including inflation or other adverse changes such as a downturn in economic conditions or a public health crisis, negatively affecting consumer confidence and discretionary spending;
our reliance on third-party suppliers;
labor relations and cost risks and availability of qualified labor;
costs and risks associated with a potential cybersecurity incident or other technology disruption;
our reliance on technology and risks associated with disruption or delay in implementation of new technology;
competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully;

we operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations;

we may not realize anticipated benefits from our operating cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts;

our profitability is directly affected by cost inflation and deflation and other factors;

we do not have long-term contracts with certain of our customers;

group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations;

changes in eating habits of consumers;

extreme weather conditions;

our reliance on third-party suppliers;

labor relationsconditions, including hurricane, earthquake and cost risks and availability of qualified labor;natural disaster damage;

volatility of fuel and other transportation costs;

our inability to adjust cost structure where one or more of our competitors successfully implement lower costs;

we may be unable
our inability to increase our sales in the highest margin portion of our business;

changes in pricing practices of our suppliers;

our growth strategy may not achieve the anticipated results;
risks relating to any future acquisitions;acquisitions, including the risk that we are not able to realize benefits of acquisitions or successfully integrate the businesses we acquire;

environmental, health, and safety costs;costs, including compliance with current and future environmental laws and regulations relating to carbon emissions and climate change and related legal or market measures;

1


the risk that we fail
our inability to comply with requirements imposed by applicable law or government regulations;regulations, including increased regulation of electronic cigarette and other alternative nicotine products;

a portion of our reliance on technologysales volume is dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes and risks associated with disruption or delay in implementationother tobacco products, sales of new technology;which are generally declining;

costs
the potential impact of product recalls and risks associated with a potential cybersecurity incident or other technology disruption;

product liability claims relating to the products we distribute and other litigation;

adverse judgments or settlements or unexpected outcomes in legal proceedings;
negative media exposure and other events that damage our reputation;

anticipated multiemployer pension related liabilities and contributions to our multiemployer pension plan;
decrease in earnings from amortization charges associated with acquisitions;

impact of uncollectibility of accounts receivable;

difficult economic conditions affecting consumer confidence;
increase in excise taxes or reduction in credit terms by taxing jurisdictions;
the cost and adequacy of insurance coverage and increases in the number or severity of insurance and claims expenses;
risks relating to our substantial outstanding indebtedness; and

departure of key members of senior management.
our ability to raise additional capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We caution you that the risks, uncertainties and other factors referenced above may not contain all of the risks, uncertainties and other factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results, benefits or developments that we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our business in the way expected. There can be no assurance thatWe cannot assure you (i) we have correctly measured or identified all of the factors affecting our business or the extent of these factors’ likely impact, (ii) the available information with respect to these factors on which such analysis is based is complete or accurate, (iii) such analysis is correct or (iv)(ii) our strategy, which is based in part on this analysis, will be successful. All forward-looking statements in this reportForm 10-K apply only as of the date of this reportForm 10-K or as of the date they were made and, except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

2


PART I

Item 1. Business

Performance Food Group Company (“we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” or “PFG”), through its subsidiaries, markets and distributes approximately 150,000more than 250,000 food and food-related products from 76142 distribution centers to over 150,000300,000 customer locations across the United States.North America. Our more than 14,00035,000 employees serve a diverse mix of customers, from independent and chain restaurants to schools, business and industry locations, hospitals, vending distributors, office coffee service distributors, retailers, convenience stores, and theaters. We source our products from over 5,000various suppliers and serve as an important partner to our suppliers by providing them access to our broad customer base. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.

On September 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. ("Core-Mark"). As a result, we expanded our convenience business, which now includes operations in Canada. Refer to Note 4. Business Combinations within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements "("Item 8") for additional details regarding the acquisition of Core-Mark.

Our business, our industry and the U.S. economy are influenced by a number of general macroeconomic factors, including, but not limited to, changes in the rate of inflation and fuel prices, interest rates, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, and the effects of health epidemics and pandemics. We continue to actively monitor the impacts of the evolving macroeconomic and geopolitical landscape on all aspects of our business. The Company and our industry may face challenges related to product and fleet supply, increased product and logistics costs, access to labor supply, and lower disposable incomes due to inflationary pressures and macroeconomic conditions. The extent to which these challenges will affect our future financial position, liquidity, and results of operations remains uncertain. For further information on the risks posed to our business, please see Item 1A.

Our Segments

Based on the Company’s organization structure and how the Company’s management reviews operating results and makes decisions about resource allocation, the Company has three reportable segments: Foodservice, Vistar, and Convenience. Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operating segments that are Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar. Performance Food Group Company was incorporated undernot considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This also includes the lawsoperations of the stateCompany’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

Foodservice. Foodservice offers a “broad line” of Delaware on September 23, 2002.

Referencesproducts, including custom-cut meat and seafood, as well as products that are specific to “Blackstone” refer to certain investment funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P. and references to “Wellspring” are to investment funds affiliated with Wellspring Capital Management LLC.

Customers and Marketing

We serve different typesour customers’ menu requirements. Foodservice operates a network of customers through78 distribution centers, each of our three reportable segments. Our Performancewhich is run by a business team who understands the local markets and the needs of its particular customers and who is empowered to make decisions on how best to serve them. This segment serves over 175,000 customer locations.

The Foodservice segment serves two types of customers—Street customersmarkets and Chain customers. Our PFG Customized segment distributes to Chain customers, including familyfood and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants. Our Vistar segment distributesfood-related products to vending and office coffee service distributors, retailers, theaters, and hospitality providers, among others. We believe that customers select a distributor based on breadth of product offerings, consistent product quality, timely and accurate delivery of orders, value-added services, and price. In addition, we believe that some of our larger Street and Chain customers gain operational efficiencies by dealing with a limited number of foodservice distributors. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total net sales for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 or fiscal 2015.

Street Customers. Our Performance Foodservice segment serves our Street customers, which predominantly include independent restaurants, such aschain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations. Independent customers predominantly include family dining, bar and grill, pizza and Italian, and fast casual.casual restaurants. We seek to increase the mix of our total sales to Streetindependent customers because they typically use more value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy and also use more of our proprietary-branded products (“Performance Brands”), which are our highest margin products. As a result, independent customers generate higher gross profit per case that more than offsets the generally higher supply chain costs that we incur in serving these customers. Street customers use more value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. In addition, Street customers also use more of our Performance Brands, which are our highest margin products. Our Performance Foodservice segment supports sales to Street customers with a team of sales and marketing representatives, customer service representatives, and product specialists. Our sales representatives serve customers in person, by telephone, and through the internet, accepting and processing orders, reviewing inventory and account balances, disseminating new product information, and providing business assistance and advice where appropriate. These representatives typically use laptop computers to assist customers by entering orders, checking product availability, and pricing and developing menu-planning ideas on a real-time basis.

Chain Customers. Both our Performance Foodservice and PFG Customized segments serve Chain customers. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations and include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Our Performance Foodservice segment Chainsegment’s chain customers primarilyinclude regional businesses requiring short-haul routes include various locations of Anthony’s Coal Fired Pizza, Blaze Pizza, Chuy’s, Pollo Tropical, Shake Shack, Subway, and many others. Our PFG Customized segment customers, primarilyas well as national businesses requiring long-haul routes, includeincluding many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains including Cracker Barrel, Red Lobster, TGI Friday’s, Outback Steakhouse, O’Charley’s, Chili’s, and Ruby Tuesday. PFG Customized recently began to leverage its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains

such as Fuzzy’s Taco Shop and PDQ.chains. Sales to Chainchain customers are typically lower gross margin but have larger deliveries than those to Streetindependent customers. Dedicated account representatives

We offer our customers a broad product assortment that ranges from “center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, refrigerated products, and dry groceries to disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer, we provide value-added services by enabling our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.

3


Our products consist of Performance Brands, as well as nationally branded products and products bearing our customers’ brands. Our Performance Brands typically generate higher gross profit per case than other brands. Nationally branded products are responsible for managingattractive to chain, independent, and other customers seeking recognized national brands in their operations and complement sales of our Performance Brand products. Some of our chain customers, particularly those with national distribution, develop exclusive stock keeping units (“SKU”) specifications directly with suppliers and brand these SKUs. We purchase these SKUs directly from suppliers and receive them into our distribution centers, where they are mixed with other SKUs and delivered to the overall Chain customer relationship, including ensuring complete order fulfillmentchain customers’ locations.

Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and customer satisfaction. Membersbeverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, retailers, theaters, and hospitality providers. The segment provides national distribution of senior management assist in identifying potential new Chain customers and managing long-term account relationships.

Vistar Customers. Our Vistar segment distributes candy, snacks, beverages, health & beauty, and other productsitems to a numberover 75,000 customer locations from our network of distinct channels. 25 Vistar distribution centers.

Vending operators comprise Vistar’s largest channel. Wechannel, where we distribute a broad selection of vending machine products to the operators’ depots, from which they distribute products and stock machines. We areAdditionally, Vistar is a leading distributor of these products to theater chains and Vistar’s customers include AMC, Cinemark, Galaxy Theaters, Regal Cinemas, and others. We typically deliver our orders directly to individual theater locations. We are a leading distributor toas well as in the office coffee service channel. Vistar also distributeshas successfully built upon our national platform to retailers, particularly for candy, snack, and beverage purchases in impulse buying locations. Our customersbroaden the channels we serve to include retailers such as Dollar Tree, Home Depot, Staples, and others. Vistar distributes to other channels with a heavy concentration of candy, snacks, and beverage products, including hospitality providers,venues, concessionaires, college book stores, hotel and airport gift shops, college bookstores, corrections facilities, and others.impulse locations in various brick and mortar big box retailers nationwide. Merchant’s Marts are cash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. Vistar’s scale in these channels enhances our ability to procure a broad variety of products for our customers. Vistar distribution centers deliver to vending and office coffee service distributors and directly to most theaters and various other locations. The distribution model also includes a “pick and pack” capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistar’s SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served effectively by our delivery network. Vistar also operates Merchant’s Marts locations, whichWe believe these capabilities, in conjunction with the breadth of our inventory, arecash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. differentiating and allow us to serve many distinct customer types.

ProductsConvenience. The Convenience segment is one of the largest foodservice and Services

We distribute more than 150,000 food and food-related products. Thesewholesaler consumer products includedistributors in the convenience retail industry. Convenience offers a full line of frozen foods, such as meats, fully prepared appetizers and entrees, fruits, vegetables, and desserts; a full line of canned and dry foods; fresh meats; dairy products; beverage products; imported specialties; fresh produce; and candy, snack, and other products. We also supply a wide variety ofnon-food items including paper products such as pizza boxes, disposable napkins, plates and cups; tableware such as china and silverware; cookware such as pots, pans, and utensils; restaurant and kitchen equipment and supplies; and cleaning supplies. We also provide our customers with value-added services, as described below, in the normal course of providing full-service distribution services.

Performance Brands. We offer our customers an extensive line of proprietary-branded products. We provide umbrella brands for our broadline distribution operation. Ridgecrest provides discerning chefs with the highest levels of quality and consistency. West Creek provides a level of quality, consistency, and value that we believe meets or exceeds national brand offerings. Silver Source provides core products that are value priced while satisfying customers’ specifications. We also have a number of specialty brands, such as Braveheart 100% Black Angus beef, Empire’s Treasure seafood, Brilliance premium shortenings and oils, Heritage Ovens baked goods, Village Garden salad dressings, Guest House premium teas and cocoas, Peak Fresh Produce, Allegiance Premium Pork, Ascend Beverages, and others. We also have an extensive line of products for use in the pizzeria and Italian restaurant business under the names Piancone, Roma, Assoluti, and others. We believe that theseproducts are a major source of competitive advantage. We intend to continue to enhance our product offerings based on supplier advice, customer preferences, and data analysis using our data warehouse. Our Performance Brands enable us to offer customers an alternative to comparable national brands across a wide range of products, marketing programs and price points, which we believe also promotestechnology solutions to approximately 50,000 customer loyalty. Our Performance Brands products are manufactured for us according to specifications that have been developed by our quality assurance team. In addition, our quality assurance team certifieslocations in the manufacturingUnited States and processing plants where these products are packaged, enforces our quality control standards, and identifies supply sources that satisfy our requirements.

National Brands. We offer ourCanada. The Convenience segment's customers a broad selection of national brand products. We believe that these brands are attractive to Chain, Street,include traditional convenience stores, drug stores, mass merchants, grocery stores, liquor stores and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products. Convenience's product offering includes cigarettes, other tobacco products, alternative nicotine products, candy, snacks, food, including fresh products, groceries, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care products. Convenience operates a network of 39 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution facilities it operates as a third-party logistics provider). There are 35 distribution centers located in the U.S. and four located in Canada.

The Company had no customers seeking recognized national brands in their operations.

that comprised more than 10% of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022, or fiscal 2021.

Suppliers

We believe that distributing national brands has strengthenedsource our relationships with many national suppliers who provide us with important sales and marketing support. These sales complement sales of our Performance Brand products.

Customer Brands. Some of our Chain customers, particularly those with national distribution, develop exclusive SKU specifications directly withproducts from various suppliers and brand these SKUs. We purchase these SKUs directly fromserve as an important partner to our suppliers and receiveby providing them into our distribution centers, where they are mixed with other SKUs and delivered to the Chain customers’ locations.

Value-Added Services. We believe that prompt and accurate delivery of orders, close contact with customers, and the ability to provide a full array of products and services to assist customers in their foodservice operations are of primary importance in foodservice distribution. Our operating companies offer multiple deliveries per week to certain customer locations and have the capability of delivering special orders on short notice. Through our sales and marketing representatives and support staff, we monitor the needs of our customers and acquaint them with new products and services. Our operating companies also provide ancillary services relating to foodservice distribution, such as providing customers with electronic order-taking, payment, and other internet based services, various reports and other data, menu planning advice, food safety training, and assistance in inventory control, as well as access to various third-party services designed to add value to our customers’ businesses.

Refer to Note 19.Segment Information of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 for the sales mix for the Company’s principal product and service categories for each of the last three fiscal years.

Suppliers

We purchase from over 5,000 suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 5% of our aggregate purchases in fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 or fiscal 2015.broad customer base. Many of our suppliers provide products to all threeeach of our reportable segments, while others sell to only one segment. Our supplier base consists principally of large corporations that sell their national brands, our Performance Brands, and sometimes both. We also buy from smaller suppliers, particularly on a regional basis, and particularly those that specialize in produce and other perishable commodities. Many of our suppliers provide sales material and sales call support for the products that we purchase.

Pricing

Our pricing to customers is either set by contract with the customer or is priced at the time of order. If the price is by contract, then it is either based on a percentage markup over cost or a fixed markup per unit, and the unit may be expressed either in cases or pounds of product. If the pricing is set at time of order, the pricing is agreed to between our sales associate and the customer and is typically based on a product cost that fluctuates weekly or more frequently.

If contracts are based on a fixed markup per unit or pound, then our customers bear the risk of cost fluctuations during the contract life. In the case of a fixed markup percentage, we typically bear the risk of cost deflation or the benefit of cost inflation. If pricing is set at the time of order, we have the current cost of goods in our inventory and typically pass cost increases or decreases to our customers. We generally do not lock in or otherwise hedge commodity costs or other costs of goods sold except within certain customer contracts where the customer bears the risk of cost fluctuation. We believe that our pricing mechanisms provide us with significant insulation from fluctuations in the cost of goods that we sell. Our inventory turns, on average, approximately everythree-and-a-half weeks, which further protects us from cost fluctuations.

4


We seek to minimize the effect of higher diesel fuel costs both by reducing fuel usage and by taking action to offset higher fuel prices. We reduce usage by designing more efficient truck routes and by increasing miles per

gallon throughon-board computers that monitor and adjust idling time and maximum speeds and through other technologies. In our Performance Foodservice and Vistar segments, weWe seek to manage fuel prices through diesel fuel surcharges to our customers and through the use of costless collars. As of July 1, 2017,2023, we had collars in place for approximately 17%27% of the gallons we expect to use over the twelve12 months following July 1, 2017. These fuel collars do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment for reasons discussed in our financial statement footnotes. Therefore, these collars are recorded at fair value as either an asset or liability on the balance sheet. Any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of the change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments. In our PFG Customized segment, we have limited exposure to fuel costs since our sales contracts largely transfer fuel price volatility to our customers.2023.

Competition

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two largerlarge broadline distributors, Sysco, and US Foods, with national footprints. In addition, there are numerous smaller regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and to assemble delivery networks for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to fill orders completely and accurately and to provide timely deliveries.

We believe we have a competitive advantage over smaller regional and local broadline distributors through economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, which allow us to offer a broad variety of products (including our proprietary Performance Brands) at competitive prices to our customers. Our customers benefit from our ability to provide them with extensive geographic coverage as they continue to grow. We believe we also benefit from supply chain efficiency, including a growing inbound logistics backhaul network that uses our collective distribution network to deliver inbound products across business segments; best practices in warehousing, transportation, and risk management; the ability to benefit from the scale of our purchases of items not for resale, such as trucks, construction materials, insurance, banking relationships, healthcare, and material handling equipment; and the ability to optimize our networks so that customers are served from the most efficient distribution centers, which minimizes the cost of delivery. We believe these efficiencies and economies of scale will provide opportunities for improvements in our operating margins when combined with an incremental fixed-cost advantage.

Seasonality

Historically, the food-away-from-home and foodservice distribution industries are seasonal, with lower profit in the first and third quartersquarter of each calendar year. Consequently, we typicallymay experience lower operating profit during our first and third fiscal quarters,quarter, depending on the timing of acquisitions.acquisitions, if any.

Information Systems

We operate three principal systems that are customized versions of commercial products. These systems span operational functions including procurement, receiving, warehouse and inventory management, and order processing. All three principal systems feed financial systems that differ by segment. These financial systems in turn feed into a single consolidation system for financial and managerial reporting. In addition, we continue to invest into what we believe are “best in breed” systems to optimize our business performance. These systems include our sales force laptops and order entry systems, inbound logistics, and our “pay for performance” systems in warehouse stock replenishment and order selection, delivery loading, routing, driver performance, and sales force productivity.

Trademarks and Trade Names

We have numerous perpetual trademarks and trade names that are of significant importance, including Core-Mark, West Creek, Silver Source, Braveheart 100% Black Angus, Empire’s Treasure, Brilliance, Heritage Ovens, Village Garden, Guest House, Piancone, Luigi’s, Ultimo, Corazo, Assoluti, Peak Fresh Produce, Roma, First Mark, and Nature’s Best Dairy and Liberty.Dairy. Although in the aggregate these trademark and trade names are material to our results of operations, we believe the loss of a trademark or trade name individually would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The Company does not have any material patents or licenses.

EmployeesHuman Capital Resources

Our vision is to create the best experience for our associates and the best outcomes for our Company, customers, and communities. One of our primary strategies is to attract, train, develop, and retain talented individuals who feel empowered to fully contribute their diverse backgrounds, experiences, and innovative ideas to the success of the Company. We also recognize the importance of keeping our associates safe and healthy, as well as giving them a voice and listening to their concerns and suggestions. Below, we discuss our efforts to achieve these objectives.

Associates. As of July 1, 2017, we had more than 14,000 full-time employees. As of July 1, 2017, unions represented approximately 1,0002023, our employee population (including employees of our employees. consolidated subsidiaries) totaled over 35,000 full-time and part-time employees in North America. Of that total, approximately 99% were employed on a full-time basis, and approximately 71% were non-exempt, or paid on an hourly basis.

Compensation and Benefits. We believe our base wages and salaries, which we review annually, are fair and competitive with the external labor markets in which our associates work. We offer incentive programs that provide cash-bonus opportunities to

5


encourage and reward participants for the Company’s achievement of financial and other key performance metrics and strengthen the connection between pay and performance. We also grant equity compensation awards that vest over time through our long-term incentive plan to eligible associates to align such associates’ incentives with the Company’s long-term strategic objectives and the interests of our stockholders.

We offer competitive benefits to our associates, including paid vacation and holidays, family leave, disability insurance, life insurance, healthcare, adoption assistance, tuition reimbursement, dependent care flexible spending accounts, a 401(k) plan with a company match, and an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Additionally, we offer an Employee Assistance Program that includes professional support for associates to balance the stress of personal and professional demands at home, in the office, in distribution centers and on the road.

Workforce Diversity. We are committed to building an inclusive culture, where internal stakeholders feel heard, seen and included. With the active engagement of PFG’s Senior Leadership, we implemented a Diversity, Inclusion & Belonging (DI&B) strategy to guide us, making education and representation a priority. We established a goal to have candidate pool diversity for senior leadership positions. We introduced Associate Resource Groups (ARGs) for women and Black/African American associates. Our ARG investment is intended to broaden inclusivity, building a strong sense of belonging and community. We also use cultural awareness and education campaigns to bring our strategy to life. Our Vice President of DI&B also provides regular updates to the Company's Board of Directors (“Board of Directors”). With five out of 11 members of the Board representing gender and ethnic diversity, our commitment to ensure workforce diversity is reflected at every level of the organization connects to our social responsibility and business imperatives.

Learning and Development. We have entered into nine collective bargainingan enterprise-wide learning and similar agreementsdevelopment strategy that has allowed us to build a lifelong learning culture by focusing on attracting, retaining and preparing our workforce for success in current roles and developing our future leaders. We enable a purposeful career journey by supporting associates in mastering their current roles and preparing for future career paths. Using a blended approach of instructor-led and self-paced training, our associates are provided role-specific training that is just-in-time, accessible and personalized. The learning journey for our associates starts with respectan onboarding experience and continues with individual development opportunities.

Our E3 Leadership Development program is designed to provide leadership training opportunities for all levels of leadership, from entry level to executive, advancing leadership skills at every point of their career. This program is intended to create a passionate learning culture with current and future leaders who pursue innovation and embrace empathy.

Through our unionized employees. We believe thatLearning Management System, we have good relations with both union andnon-union employees and we strive to be well regarded in the communities in which we operate. We have not had any material work stoppages or lockouts in the last five years. Our agreements with our union employees expire at various times to 2025. See “Item 1A.—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We face risks relating to labor relations and the availability of qualified labor.”

We have made investments to increase the size of our sales force and currently employ over 2,500 sales associates who are dedicated to serving our customers. Our typical sales representative calls on customers in their place of business on a periodic basis, usually weekly, to ascertain customer product needs, to help manage the customer’s inventory, and to discuss new products and other business. These sales representatives are supported by customer services representatives who work in the local market and assist customers indeliver a variety of ways; businessrequired and optional on-demand learning modules that are linked to an associate’s role with the Company, including those modules tied to safety and compliance, such as our Code of Business Conduct.

Additionally, our segments provide segment specific training opportunities that align and compliment the overall learning and development managers, who help sales representatives prospect for new business;strategy. We are focused on empowering associates with the right training at the right time, throughout their career journey.

Health, Safety and category managers and specialists who assist sales representatives and customers with product specific knowledge. AllWellness. The safety of our segments haveassociates is paramount. Emphasis on training, safety awareness, behavioral based work observation practices, telematics, and culture is the foundation in our continuous effort to reduce workplace injuries and accidents. We continue to focus on the safety of our team members and the motoring public by identifying and addressing safety risks through education, coaching, and process changes, and by seeking out new systems and technology to help us continue our journey in keeping our associates safe and our Company compliant.

Engagement. We work to build, measure, and enhance associate engagement through a multi-unit, or Chain, sales force who call on regionalvariety of communications and activities. We participate in, and celebrate, industry efforts such as the International Foodservice Distributors Association’s Truck Driving Championship and Truck Driver Hall of Fame, highlight locally and internally/externally share significant achievements for our warehouse associates, and honor the diversity of our associates, along with our customers and communities, by celebrating heritage months throughout the year. Community support efforts, both local and national, customers.such as Feeding American’s Hunger Action Month, promoting Truckers Against Trafficking, and supporting American Red Cross disaster relief efforts also provide opportunities to engage our associates. In response to associate feedback, we identified and delivered a number of initiatives to strengthen the associate experience, including day one benefits, our leadership training program, driver and selector career pathing and enhanced communications channels.

InsuranceRegulation

We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance. In addition, we maintain property, business and casualty insurance that we believe accords with customary foodservice industry practice. We cannot predict whether this insurance will be adequate to cover all potential hazards incidental to our business.

Regulation

Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the USDA,U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”), and the FDA,U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), which generally impose standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of bioterrorism legislation affecting the foodservice industry. These government authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, and labeling of our products. In 2010, theThe FDA Food Safety Modernization Act or the “FSMA,” was enacted. The FSMA represents a significant expansion of food safety requirements and FDA food safety authorities and, among other things,(the “FSMA”) requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls

6


across the food supply chain, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides the FDA with mandatory recall authority. The FSMA requires the FDA to undertake numerous rulemakings and to issue numerous guidance documents, as well as reports, plans, standards, notices, and other tasks. As a result, implementation of the legislation is ongoing and likely to take several years. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including those administered by the National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, including fish and shellfish. Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered

with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural products, governs our relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product shipments. We are also subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight.

The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines, mandatory or voluntary product recalls, warning or untitled letters, cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance, closure of facilities or operations, the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals, or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.

Our operations are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local laws and other requirements, including, but not limited to, employment practice standards for workers set by the U.S. Department of Labor, and relating to the protection of the environment and the safety and health of personnel and the public. These include requirements regarding the use, storage, and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and petroleum products, including food processing wastes, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, and worker safety and health practices and procedures. In order to comply with environmental, health, and safety requirements, we may be required to spend money to monitor, maintain, upgrade, or replace our equipment; plan for certain contingencies; acquire or maintain environmental permits; file periodic reports with regulatory authorities; or investigate and clean up contamination. We operate and maintain vehicle fleets, and some of our distribution centers have regulated underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum products. Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws that affect the composition and operation of our truck fleet, such as limits on diesel emissions and engine idling. A number of our facilities have ammonia- or freon-based refrigeration systems, which could cause injury or environmental damage if accidentally released, and many of our distribution centers have propane or battery powered forklifts. Proposed or recently enacted legal requirements, such as those requiring thephase-out of certainozone-depleting substances and proposals for the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, may require us to upgrade or replace equipment, or may increase our transportation or other operating costs. To date, our cost of compliance with environmental, health, and safety requirements has not been material. The discovery of contamination for which we are responsible, any accidental release of regulated materials, the enactment of new laws and regulations, or changes in how existing requirements are enforced could require us to incur additional costs or subject us to unexpected liabilities.liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

The Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations. In addition, interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed in the U.S. Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also subject to federal and state regulations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory requirements relating to our motor carrier operations. Failure to comply with the applicable motor carrier regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating permits.

Our Segments

Performance Foodservice. Performance Foodservice is a leading U.S. foodservice distributor with substantial scale along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Performance Foodservice operates a network of 37 distribution centers, which supply a “broad line” of products. Each of these distribution centers is run by a business team who understands the local markets and the needs of its particular customers and who is empowered to make decisions on how best to serve them. This segment serves over 85,000 customer locations with over 125,000 food and food-related products.

We offer our customers a broad product assortment that ranges from“center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, refrigerated products, and dry groceries to disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer, we provide value-added services by enabling our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.

We classify our customers under two major categories: “Street” and multi-unit “Chain.” Street customers predominantly consist of independent restaurants. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations, which include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Street customers utilize more of our value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. Street customer purchases typically generate greater gross profit per case compared to sales to Chain customers.

Our products consist of our proprietary-branded products, or “Performance Brands,” as well as nationally-branded products and products bearing our customers’ brands. Our Performance Brands typically generate higher gross profit per case than other brands.

PFG Customized. PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to the family and casual dining channel. We serve over 5,000 customer locations across the United States from eight distribution centers that provide tailored supply chain solutions to our customers. Our network of distribution centers was developed around our customers and is strategically positioned to provide an efficient supply chain across both inbound and outbound logistics. PFG Customized’s product offerings are determined by each of our customers’ specific menu requirements. We also provide customers with value-added services, such as expertise in fresh product distribution, logistics management, procurement management, and information system interfaces, which enable our customers to run their businesses efficiently.

We serve many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains, including Cracker Barrel, Red Lobster, TGI Friday’s, Outback Steakhouse, O’Charley’s, Chili’s, and Ruby Tuesday. PFG Customized’s five largest family and casual dining customers have been with us for an average of more than 15 years. Cracker Barrel was PFG Customized’s first customer and grew from a substantial regional account served by Performance Foodservice to an account whose needs are best served by customized distribution. PFG Customized recently began to utilize its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains such as Fuzzy’s Taco Shop and PDQ.

Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, retailers, theaters, and hospitality providers. The segment provides national distribution of approximately 20,000 different SKUs of candy, snacks, beverages, and other items to approximately 60,000 customer locations from our network of 28 Vistar OpCos and seven Merchant’s Marts locations. Merchant’s Marts arecash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. Vistar’s scale in these channels enhances our ability to procure a broad variety of products for our customers. Vistar OpCos deliver to vending and office coffee service distributors and directly to most theaters and some other locations. The distribution model also includes a “pick and pack” capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistar’s SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served effectively by our delivery network. We believe these capabilities, in conjunction with the breadth of our inventory, are differentiating and allow us to serve many distinct customer types. Vistar has successfully built upon our national platform to broaden the channels we serve to include hospitality venues, concessionaires, airport gift shops, college book stores, corrections facilities, and impulse locations in big box retailers such as Home Depot, Dollar Tree, Staples, and others.

Refer to Note 19.Segment Information of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 for financial information about our segments.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly, and specialcurrent reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our website for free via the “Investors” section at www.pfgc.com. The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not incorporated by reference herein and is not part of this Annual Report on Form10-K.

Website and Social Media Disclosure

We use our website (www.pfgc.com) and our corporate Facebook account as channels of distribution of company information. The information we post through these channels may be deemed material. Accordingly, investors should monitor these channels, in

7


addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. In addition, you may automatically receivee-mail alerts and other information about PFG when you enroll youre-mail address by visiting the “Email Alerts” section of our website at investors.pfgc.com. The contents of our website and social media channels are not, however, a part of this Annual Report on Form10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Competition in our industry is intense,

Periods of difficult economic conditions, a public health crisis, other macroeconomic events and we may not be able to compete successfully.

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two larger broadline distributors, Sysco and US Foods, with national footprints. In addition, there are numerous regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies and to assemble delivery networks for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing decisionsheightened uncertainty in the foodservice business are based on the qualityfinancial markets affect consumer spending and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to fill orders completely and accurately and provide timely deliveries. We cannot assure you that our current or potential competitors will not provide products or services that are comparable or superior to those provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving trends or changing market requirements. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against current and future competitors, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share, any ofconfidence, which could materiallycan adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.business.

We operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations.

Similar to other resale-based industries, theThe foodservice distribution industry is characterized by relatively low profit margins. These low profit margins tendsensitive to increase the volatility of our reported net income since any decline in our net sales or increase in our costs that is small relative to our total net sales or costs may have a large impact on our net income.

We may not realize anticipated benefits from our cost reductionnational and productivity improvement efforts.

We have implemented a number of cost reduction and productivity improvement initiatives that we believe are necessary to position ourregional economic conditions. Our business for future success and growth. Our future success and earnings growth depend upon our ability to achieve a lower cost structure and to operate efficiently in the highly competitive

foodservice distribution industry, particularly in an environment of increased competitive activity and reduced profitability. A variety of factors could cause us not to realize some of the expected cost savings and productivity enhancements, including, among other things, difficulties in implementation, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and unexpected costs associated with operating our business. If we are unable to realize the anticipated benefits from our cost cutting and productivity improvement efforts we could become cost disadvantaged in the marketplace, which could adversely affect our competitiveness and our profitability. Furthermore, even if we realize the anticipated benefits of our cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, we may experience an adverse impact on our employees, customers, suppliers, and purchasing partners that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Cost inflation or deflation could affect the value of our inventory and our financial results.

We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell plus a percentage markup. As a result, volatile food costs may have a direct impact upon our profitability. Our profit levels may be negatively affected during periods of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit percentage may remain relatively constant or even increase. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation also may have a negative impact on our profit margins and earnings to the extent such product cost increases are not passed on to customers because of their resistance to higher prices. Furthermore, our business model requires us to maintain an inventory of products, and changes in price levels between the time that we acquire inventory from our suppliers and the time we sell the inventory to our customers could lead to unexpected shifts inimpacted by reduced demand for our products related to unfavorable macroeconomic conditions triggered by developments beyond our control, including geopolitical events, health crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and other events that trigger economic volatility on a national or could require us to sell inventory at lesser profit or a loss.regional basis. In addition,particular, deteriorating economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets, inflationary pressure, an uncertain political environment, and supply chain disruptions, such as those the global economy is currently facing, negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending. In fiscal 2023, product cost inflation maycontributed to an increase in selling price per case and an increase in net sales. However, sustained inflationary pressure and macroeconomic challenges could negatively affect consumer discretionary spending decisions within our customers’ establishments, which could negatively impact our sales. Our inability to quickly respond to inflationaryThe extent of any such effects on consumer spending depends in part on the magnitude and deflationary cost pressures could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or resultsduration of operations.such conditions, which cannot be predicted at this time.

Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.

Many of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements with these customers. Because such customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us, we cannot assure you that the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders will remain constant or increase or that we will be able to maintain our existing customer base. Significant decreases in the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders or our inability to retain or grow our current customer base may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations.

Some of our customers, particularly our larger customers, purchase their products from us through group purchasing organizations, or “GPOs,” in an effort to lower the prices paid by these customers on their foodservice orders, and we have experienced some pricing pressure from these purchasers. These GPOs have also made efforts to include smaller, independent restaurants. If these GPOs are able to add a significant number of our customers as members, we may be forced to lower the prices we charge these customers in order to retain their business, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Additionally, if we are unable or unwilling to lower the prices we charge for our products to a level that is satisfactory to the GPOs, we may lose the business of those of our customers that are members of these organizations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations

Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in consuming food away from home, a decline in portion sizes, or a shift in preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our

products. Consumer eating habits could be affected by a number of factors, including changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits may reduce the frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in the enactment of laws and regulations that affect the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food products. Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, may be costly and time-consuming. We cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.

Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business or our customers’ businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Many of our facilities and our customers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme and occasionally prolonged weather conditions, including, but not limited to, hurricanes, blizzards, and extreme heat or cold. Such extreme weather conditions may interrupt our operations and reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers’ facilities in such areas. Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We rely on third-party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.

We obtain substantially all of our foodservice and related products from third-party suppliers. We typically do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Although our purchasing volume can sometimes provide an advantage when dealing with suppliers, suppliers may not provide the foodservice products and supplies needed by us in the quantities and at the prices requested. Our suppliers may also be affected by higher costs to source or produce and transport food products, as well as by other related expenses that they pass through to their customers, which could result in higher costs for the products they supply to us. Because we do not control the actual production of most of the products we sell, we are also subject to material supply chain interruptions, delays caused by interruption in production, and increases in product costs, including those resulting from product recalls or a need to find alternate materials or suppliers, based on conditions outside our control. These conditions include labor shortages, work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or other job actions by employees of suppliers, government shutdowns, weather conditions or more prolonged climate change, crop conditions, product or raw material scarcity, water shortages, transportation interruptions, unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs, competitive demands, contamination with mold, bacteria or other contaminants, andpandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic), natural disasters or other catastrophic events, including but not limited to, the outbreak of e. coli or similar food borne illnesses or bioterrorism in the United States.States, international hostilities, civil insurrection, and social unrest. Moreover, commodity prices continue to be volatile and have generally increased due to supply chain disruptions and labor and transportation shortages. Our inability to obtain adequate supplies of foodservice and related products as a result of any of the foregoing factors or otherwise could mean that we couldmay not be able to fulfill our obligations to our customers and, as a result, our customers may turn to other distributors. Our inability to anticipate and react to changing food costs through our sourcing and purchasing practices in the future could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We face risks relating to labor relations, labor costs, and the availability of qualified labor.

As of July 1, 2017,2023, we had more than 14,00035,000 employees of whom approximately 1,0001,600 were members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters or other unions. Although our labor contract negotiations have in the past generally taken place with the local union representatives, we may be subject to increased efforts to engage us in multi-unit bargaining that could subject us to the risk of multi-location

labor disputes or work stoppages that would place us at greater risk of being materially adversely affected by labor disputes. In addition, labor organizing activities could result in additional employees becoming unionized, which could result in higher labor costs. Although we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or work stoppages in recent history, and we believe we have satisfactory relationships with our employees, including those who are union members, increased unionization or a work stoppage because of our failureinability to renegotiate union contracts could have a material adverse effect on us. Further, potential changes in labor legislation and case law could result in current non-union portions of our workforce, including warehouse and delivery personnel, being subjected to greater organized labor influence. If additional portions of our workforce became subject to collective bargaining agreements, this could result in increased costs of doing business as we would become subject to mandatory, binding arbitration or labor scheduling, labor costs, and standards, which could reduce our operating flexibility.

We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than in many other industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost increases. In addition, labor is a significant cost offor many of our

8


customers in the U.S. food-away-from-home industry. Any increase in their labor costs, including any increases in costs as a result of increases in minimum wage requirements, wage inflation and/or increased overtime payments as a result of labor shortages, work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes, or other job actions by employees of customers could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce demand for our products.

We rely heavily on our employees, particularly warehouse workers and drivers, and any significant shortage of qualified labor could significantly affect our business. Our recruiting and retention efforts and efforts to increase productivity may not be successful, and we could encounter a shortage of qualified driverslabor in future periods. Any such shortage would decrease our ability to serve our customers effectively. Such a shortage would also likely lead to higher wages for employees and a corresponding reduction in our profitability. The current competitive labor market has impacted the Company’s ability to hire and retain qualified labor, particularly warehouse workers and drivers, in certain geographies. See the discussion under “Human Capital Resources” in Item 1, “Business” for additional information regarding our talent acquisition and talent management efforts in the context of these labor shortages.

Further, we continue to assess our healthcare benefit costs. Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing competitive healthcare benefits to our associates, significant increases in healthcare costs continue to occur, and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment efforts in this area will be effective. BecauseOur distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum wage and benefit standards, wage inflation and/or increased overtime payments as a result of the breadthlabor shortages, work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes, or other actions by their employees, which could result in higher costs for goods and complexity of federal healthcare legislation and the staggered implementation of its provisions and corresponding regulations, it is difficultservices supplied to predict the overall impact of healthcare legislation on our business over the coming years. These changes may require us to change the health benefits that we offer to our employees or may increase the cost of healthcare in general.us. If we are unable to raise our prices or cut other costs to cover this expense, such increases in expenses could materially reduce our operating profit.

A cyber security incident or other technology disruptions could negatively affect our business and our relationships with customers.

We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support virtually all of our business processes and activities. We also use mobile devices, social networking, and other online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, business partners, and customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft, and inadvertent release of information. Our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ personal information, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information about us and our business partners. We have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and other cyber incidents. However, we and our third-party providers experience cybersecurity incidents of varying degrees from time-to-time, including ransomware and phishing attacks, as well as distributed denial of service attacks and the theft of data. To date, interruption of our information technology networks and systems and unauthorized access or exfiltration of data have been infrequent and have not had a material impact on our operations. However, because cyber-attacks are increasingly sophisticated and more frequent, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. Additionally, a portion of our corporate employees work remotely using smartphones, tablets, and other wireless devices, which may further heighten these and other operational risks. Further, as we pursue our strategy to grow through acquisitions and to pursue new initiatives that improve our operations and cost structure, we are also expanding and improving our information technologies, resulting in a larger technological presence and corresponding exposure to cybersecurity risk. Failure to adequately assess and identify cybersecurity risks associated with acquisitions and new initiatives would increase our vulnerability to such risks.

The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, remediation costs, and a competitive disadvantage.

We rely heavily on technology in our business and any technology disruption or delay in implementing new technology could adversely affect our business.

The foodservice distribution industry is transaction intensive. Our ability to control costs and to maximize profits, as well as to serve customers effectively, depends on the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes. We rely on software and other technology systems, some of which are managed by third-party service providers, to manage significant aspects of our business, including making purchases, processing orders, managing our warehouses, loading trucks in the most efficient manner, and optimizing the use of storage space. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, and the loss of sales and customers, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, cyber-attacks, and viruses. While we have invested and continue to invest in technology security initiatives and disaster

9


recovery plans, these measures cannot fully insulate us from technology disruptions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Information technology systems evolve rapidly and in order to compete effectively we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing such competitors to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two larger broadline distributors, Sysco and suppliersUS Foods, with national footprints. In addition, there are numerous regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and to assemble delivery networks for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. Such changes may occur particularly during periods of economic uncertainty or significant inflation. We believe that most purchasing decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to fill orders completely and accurately and provide timely deliveries. Our current or potential, future competitors may be able to provide products or services that are comparable or superior to those provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving trends or changing market requirements. Accordingly, we may not be able to compete effectively against current and potential, future competitors, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations.

Similar to other resale-based industries, the distribution industry is characterized by relatively low profit margins. These low profit margins tend to increase the volatility of our reported net income since any decline in our net sales or increase in our costs that is small relative to our total net sales or costs may have a material impact on our net income.

Volatile food costs may have a direct impact upon our profitability.

We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell plus a percentage markup. As a result, volatile food costs may have a direct impact upon our profitability. Our profit levels may be negatively affected during periods of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit percentage may remain relatively constant or even increase. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation also may have a negative impact on our profit margins and earnings to the extent such product cost increases are not passed on to customers because of their resistance to higher prices. For example, the impact of current economic conditions has resulted in inflation of 8.6% for fiscal 2023, which has increased our product costs and decreased profit margins. Furthermore, our business model requires us to maintain an inventory of products, and changes in price levels between the time that we acquire inventory from our suppliers and the time we sell the inventory to our customers could lead to unexpected shifts in demand for our products or could require us to sell inventory at lesser profit or a loss. In addition, product cost inflation may negatively affect consumer discretionary spending decisions within our customers’ establishments, which could negatively impact our sales. Our inability to quickly respond to inflationary and deflationary cost pressures could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.

Many of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements with these customers. Because such customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us, that the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders may not remain constant or increase and we may be unable to maintain our existing customer base. Significant decreases in the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders or our inability to retain or grow our current customer base could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

10


Group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations.

Some of our customers, particularly our larger customers, purchase their products from us through group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) in an effort to lower the prices paid by these customers on their foodservice orders, and we have experienced some pricing pressure from these purchasers. These GPOs have also made efforts to include smaller, independent restaurants. If these GPOs are able to add a significant number of our customers as members, we may be forced to lower the prices we charge these customers in order to retain their business, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Additionally, if we are unable or unwilling to lower the prices we charge for our products to a level that is satisfactory to the GPOs, we may lose the business of those customers that are members of these organizations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Changes in consumer eating habits could reduce the demand for our products.

Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in consuming food away from home, a decline in portion sizes, or a shift in preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Consumer eating habits can be affected by a number of factors, including changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. There is a growing consumer preference for sustainable, organic, and locally grown products, and a shift towards plant-based proteins and/or animal proteins derived from animals that were humanely treated and antibiotic free. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we may experience higher minimum wagecosts associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits may also reduce the frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home.

Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in the enactment of laws and benefit standards,regulations that affect the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food products. Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, may be costly and time-consuming. Our inability to effectively respond to changes in food away from home consumer trends, consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations, or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business or our customers’ businesses.

Many of our facilities and our customers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme and occasionally prolonged weather conditions, including hurricanes, blizzards, earthquakes, and extreme heat or cold. Such extreme weather conditions, whether caused by global climate change or otherwise, could interrupt our operations and reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers’ facilities in such areas. Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, all of which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us.have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Fluctuations in fuel costsprices and other transportation costs could harm our business.

The high cost of fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending and, as a result, reduce the frequency and amount spent by consumers within our customers’ establishments for food away from home. The high costprice of fuel and other transportation related costs, such as tolls, fuel taxes, and license and registration fees, can also increase the price we pay for products as well as the costs incurred by us to deliver products to our customers. Furthermore, both the price and supply of fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments (such as the war in the Ukraine), supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns, and environmental concerns. These factors, in turnif occurring over an extended period of time, could have a material adverse effect on our sales, margins, operating expenses, or results of operations. For example, in fiscal 2023, the United States experienced significant increases in fuel prices and, as a result, the Company's fuel expense increased $30.8 million in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022.

From time to time, we may enter into arrangements to manage our exposure to fuel costs. Such arrangements, however, may not be effective and may result in us paying higher than market costs for a portion of our fuel. In addition, while we have been successful in the past in implementing fuel surcharges to offset fuel cost increases, we may not be able to do so in the future.

In addition, compliance with current and future environmental laws and regulations relating to carbon emissions and the effects of global warming can be expected to have a significant impact on our transportation costs, andwhich could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

11


If one or more of our competitors implements a lower cost structure, they may be able to offer lower prices to customers and we may be unable to adjust our cost structure in order to compete profitably.

Over the last several decades, the retail food industry has undergone significant change as companies such asWal-Mart Walmart and Costco have developed a lower cost structure to provide their customer base with an everydaylow-cost product offering. As a large-scale foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, if one or more of our competitors in the foodservice distribution industry adopted an everyday low pricelow-price strategy, we would potentially be pressured to lower prices to our customers and would need to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions. We may be unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in such an environment.

If we fail to increase our sales in the highest margin portions of our business, our profitability may suffer.

Foodservice distributionDistribution is a relatively low margin industry. The most profitable customers within the foodservice distribution industry are generally Streetindependent customers. In addition, our most profitable products are our Performance Brands. We typically provide a higher level of services to our Streetindependent customers and are able to earn a higher operating margin on sales to Streetindependent customers. StreetIndependent customers are also more likely to purchase our Performance Brands. Our ability to continue to penetrate this key customer type is critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying practices of Streetindependent customers or decreases in our sales to Streetindependent customers or a decrease in the sales of our Performance Brands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Changes in pricing practices of our suppliers could negatively affect our profitability.

Foodservice distributorsDistributors have traditionally generated a significant percentage of their gross margins from promotional allowances paid by their suppliers. Promotional allowances are payments from suppliers based upon the efficiencies that the distributor provides to its suppliers through purchasing scale and through marketing and merchandising expertise. Promotional allowances are a standard practice among suppliers to foodservice distributors and represent a significant source of profitability for us and our competitors. Any change in such practices that results in the reduction or elimination of promotional allowances could be disruptive to us and the industry as a whole and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Our growth strategy may not achieve the anticipated results.

Our future success will depend on our ability to grow our business, including through increasing our Streetindependent sales, expanding our Performance Brands, making strategic acquisitions, and achieving improved operating efficiencies as we continue to expand and diversify our customer base. Our growth and innovation strategies require significant commitments of management resources and capital investments and may not grow our net sales at the rate we expect or at all. As a result, we may not be able to recover the costs incurred in developing our new projects and initiatives or to realize their intended or projected benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.operation.

We may not be able to realize benefits of acquisitions or successfully integrate the businesses we acquire.

From time to time, we acquire businesses that are intended to broaden our customer base, and/or increase our capabilities and geographic reach. If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or to realize anticipated economic, operational, and other benefits and synergies in a timely manner, our profitability could be adversely affected. Integration of an acquired business may be more difficult when we acquire a business in a market in which we have limited expertise or with a company culture different from ours. A significant expansion of our business and operations, in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our administrative and operational

resources. Additionally, we may be unable to retain qualified management and other key personnel employed by acquired companies and may fail to build a network of acquired companies in new markets. We could face significantly greater competition from broadline foodservice distributors in these markets than we face in our existing markets.

We also regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other companies. To the extent our future growth includes acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we willmay not be able to obtain any necessary financing for such acquisitions, consummate such potential acquisitions effectively, effectively and efficiently integrate any acquired entities, or successfully expand into new markets.

Our earnings may be reduced by amortization charges associated with any future acquisitions.

After we complete an acquisition, we must amortize any identifiable intangible assets associated with the acquired company over future periods. We also must amortize any identifiable intangible assets that we acquire directly. Our amortization of these amounts reduces our future earnings in the affected periods.

12


Our business is subject to significant governmental regulation, and costs or claims related to these requirements could adversely affect our business.

Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the U.S. Department of Agriculture,USDA, and the Food and Drug Administration, or the “FDA,”FDA, which generally impose standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of recent bioterrorism legislation affecting the foodservice industry. These government authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, and labeling of our products. In 2010, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, or the “FSMA,” was enacted. The FSMA represents a significant expansion of food safety requirements and FDA food safety authorities and, among other things, requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides the FDA with mandatory recall authority. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including those administered by the National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, including fish and shellfish. Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural products, governs our relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product shipments. We are also subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Additionally, the Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations, and interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight. We have expanded the product lines of our Vistar segment to include hemp-based CBD products authorized under the 2018 Farm Bill. Sales of certain hemp-based CBD products are prohibited in some jurisdictions and the FDA and certain states and local governments may enact regulations that limit the marketing and use of such products. In the event that the FDA or state and local governments impose regulations on CBD products, we do not know what the impact would be on our products, and what costs, requirements, and possible prohibitions may be associated with such regulations. The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; warning or untitled letters; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closure of facilities or operations; the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals; or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we maycould incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.

In addition, our operations are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations in many areas of our business, such as, minimum wage, overtime, wage payment, wage and hour and employment discrimination, harassment, immigration, human health and safety and relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil, and water; the management and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes; employee exposure to hazards in the workplace; and the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releases of petroleum products and other regulated materials. In the course of our operations, we operate, maintain, and fuel fleet vehicles; store fuel inon-site above and underground storage tanks; operate refrigeration systems,systems; and use and dispose of hazardous substances and food wastes. We could incur substantial costs, including fines or penalties and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of any violations of environmental or workplace safety laws and regulations or

releases of regulated materials into the environment. In addition, we could incur investigation, remediation, or other costs related to environmental conditions at our currently or formerly owned or operated properties. Additionally, concern over

Finally, we are subject to legislation, regulation and other matters regarding the marketing, distribution, sale, taxation and use of cigarette, tobacco and alternative nicotine products. For example, various jurisdictions have adopted or are considering legislation and regulations restricting displays and marketing of tobacco and alternative nicotine products, requiring the disclosure of ingredients used in the manufacture of tobacco and alternative nicotine products, and imposing restrictions on public smoking and vaping. In addition, the FDA has been empowered to regulate changes to nicotine yields and the chemicals and flavors used in tobacco and alternative nicotine products (including cigars, pipe and e-cigarette products), require ingredient listings be displayed on tobacco and alternative nicotine products, prohibit the use of certain terms that may attract youth or mislead users as to the risks involved with using tobacco and alternative nicotine products, as well as limit or otherwise impact the marketing of tobacco and alternative nicotine products by requiring additional labels or warnings that must be pre-approved by the FDA. Such legislation and related regulation are likely to continue to adversely impact the market for tobacco and alternative nicotine products and, accordingly, our sales of such products. Likewise, cigarettes and tobacco products are subject to substantial excise taxes.Significant increases in cigarette-related taxes and/or fees have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted by various taxing jurisdictions within the U.S. These tax increases negatively impact consumption and may cause a shift in sales from premium brands to discount brands, illicit channels, or tobacco alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, as smokers seek lower priced options. Furthermore, taxing jurisdictions have the ability to change or rescind credit terms currently extended for the remittance of taxes that we collect on their behalf. If these excise taxes are substantially increased, or credit terms are substantially reduced, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

13


Climate change, or the legal, regulatory, or market measures being implemented to address climate change, includingcould have an adverse impact on our business.

The effects of climate change may create financial and operational risks to our business, both directly and indirectly. There is an increased focus around the world by regulatory and legislative bodies at all levels towards policies relating to climate change and the impact of global warming, has led to significant U.S. and international legislative and regulatory efforts to limitincluding the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions.(GHG) emissions, energy usage, and sustainability efforts. Increased regulationcompliance costs and expenses due to the impacts of climate change on our business, as well as additional legal or regulatory requirements regarding greenhouse gasclimate change or designed to reduce or mitigate the effects of carbon dioxide and other GHG emissions especiallyon the environment, particularly diesel engine emissions, could impose substantialmay cause disruptions in, or an increase in the costs upon us.associated with, the running of our business, particularly with regard to our distribution and supply chain operations. These costs include an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase, and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our vehicles prematurely. Moreover, compliance with any such legal or regulatory requirements may require that we implement changes to our business operations and strategy, which would require us to devote substantial time and attention to these matters and cause us to incur additional costs. We may not be able to accurately predict, prepare for, and respond to new kinds of technological innovations with respect to electric vehicles and other technologies that minimize emissions. Laws enacted to reduce GHG could also directly or indirectly affect our suppliers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. The effects of climate change, and legal or regulatory initiatives to address climate change, could have a long-term adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

In addition, from time to time we establish and publicly announce goals and commitments related to corporate social responsibility matters, including those related to reducing our impact on the environment. For example, in 2023, we established goals for the reduction of GHG emissions, which include a target of reducing Scope 1 and 2 GHG emission intensity by 15% by 2030 from a 2021 base year. Our ability to meet this and other related goals depends in part on significant technological advancements with respect to the development and availability of reliable, affordable, and sustainable alternative solutions, including electric and other alternative fuel vehicles as well as alternative energy sources, which may not be developed or be available to us in the timeframe needed to achieve these goals. In addition, we may determine that it is in our best interests to prioritize other business, social, governance, or sustainable investments over the achievement of our current goals based on economic, regulatory or social factors, business strategy, or other factors. If we do not meet our publicly stated goals, then we may experience a negative reaction from the media, stockholders, activists, and other interested stakeholders, and any perception that we have failed to act responsibly regarding climate change, whether or not valid, could result in adverse publicity or legal challenges and negatively affect our business and reputation. While we remain committed to being responsive to climate change and reducing our carbon footprint, there can be no assurance that our goals and strategic plans to achieve those goals will be successful, that the costs related to climate transition will not be higher than expected, that the necessary technological advancements will occur in the timeframe we expect, or at all, or that proposed regulation or deregulation related to climate change will not have a negative competitive impact, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

A significant portion of our sales volume is dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products, sales of which are generally declining.

Following the acquisitions of Eby-Brown Company LLC (“Eby-Brown”) and Core-Mark, a significant portion of our sales volume depends upon the distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products. Due to increases in the prices of cigarettes, restrictions on cigarette manufacturers’ marketing and promotions, increases in cigarette regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, the rise in popularity of tobacco alternatives, including electronic cigarettes and other alternative nicotine products, and other factors, cigarette consumption in the United States has been declining over the past few decades. In many instances, tobacco alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, are not subject to federal, state, and local excise taxes like the sale of conventional cigarettes or other tobacco products. We expect consumption trends of legal cigarette products will continue to be negatively impacted by the factors described above. If we are unable to sell other products to make up for these declines in cigarette sales, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If the products we distribute are alleged to cause injury or illness or fail to comply with governmental regulations, we may need to recall our products and may experience product liability claims.products.

The products we distribute may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, if they are alleged to cause injury or illness (including food-borne illness such as e. coli, bovine spongiform, encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis, listeria, or salmonella) or if they are alleged to have been mislabeled, misbranded, or adulterated or to otherwise be in violation of governmental regulations. We may also voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we consider not to meet our quality standards, whether for taste, appearance, or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. If there is any future product withdrawal that could resultresults in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, damage to our reputation, andor lost sales because of

14


the unavailability of the product for a period of time, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We also may be subject to product liability claims if the consumption or use of our products is alleged to cause injury or illness. While we carry product liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur in connection with product liability claims. For example, punitive damages may not be covered by insurance. In addition, we may not be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance, to obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or to secure additional coverage, which may result in future product liability claims being uninsured. If there is a product liability judgment against us or a settlement agreement related to a product liability claim, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We rely heavily on technology in our business and any technology disruption or delay in implementing new technology could adversely affect our business.

The foodservice distribution industry is transaction intensive. Our ability to control costs and to maximize profits, as well as to serve customers effectively, depends on the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes. We rely on software and other technology systems, some of which are managed by third-party service providers, to manage significant aspects of our business, including making purchases, processing orders, managing our warehouses, loading trucks in the most efficient manner, and optimizing the use of storage space. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, and the loss of sales and customers, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, cyber attacks, and viruses. While we have invested and continue to invest in technology security initiatives and disaster recovery plans, these measures cannot fully insulate us from technology disruption that could result in adverse effects on our operations and profits.

Information technology systems evolve rapidly and in order to compete effectively we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing such competitors to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, this could have an adverse effect on our operations and profits.

A cyber-security incident or other technology disruptions could negatively affect our business and our relationships with customers.

We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support virtually all of our business processes and activities. We also use mobile

devices, social networking, and other online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, business partners, and customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft, and inadvertent release of information. Our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ personal information, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information about us and our business partners. Additionally, while we have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and other cyber incidents, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, and competitive disadvantage.

We may be subject to or affected by product liability claims relating to products we distribute.

We like any other seller of food, may be exposed to product liability claims in the event that the use of the products we sell causesis alleged to cause injury or illness. While we believe we have sufficient primary and excess umbrella liability insurance with respect to product liability claims we cannot assure you that our limits are sufficient to cover all our liabilities or thatliabilities. For example, punitive damages may not be covered by insurance. In addition, we willmay not be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance or obtain replacement insurance on comparable terms, and any replacement insurance or our current insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost, or, if available, may not be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us, but this indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by suppliers. If we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, productthe liability relating to defective products could adversely affect our profitability.business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of our business could reduce our profits or limit our ability to operate our business.

In the normal course of our business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these proceedings were to be determined adversely to us or a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of money were to occur, it could materially and adversely affect our profits or ability to operate our business. Additionally, we could become the subject of future claims by third parties, including our employees; suppliers, customers, and other counterparties; our investors; or regulators. Any significant adverse judgments or settlements wouldcould reduce our profits and could limit our ability to operate our business. Further, we may incur costs related to claims for which we have appropriate third-party indemnity, but such third parties may fail to fulfill their contractual obligations.

Adverse publicity about us, lack of confidence in our products or services, and other risks could negatively affect our reputation and affect our business.

Maintaining a good reputation and public confidence in the safety of the products we distribute or services we provide is critical to our business, particularly to selling our Performance Brands products. Anything that damages our reputation, or the public’s confidence in our products, services, facilities, delivery fleet, operations, or employees, whether or not justified, including adverse publicity about the quality, safety, or integrity of our products, could quickly affect our net sales and profits. Reports, whether true or not, of food-borne illnesses or harmful bacteria (such as e. coli, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis, listeria, or salmonella) and injuries caused by food tampering could also severely injure our reputation or negatively affect the public’s confidence in our products. We may need to recall our products if they become adulterated. If patrons of our restaurant customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, our customers could be forced to temporarily close restaurant locations and our sales would be correspondingly decreased. In addition, instances of food-borne illnesses, food tampering, or other health concerns, such as flu epidemics or other pandemics (such as COVID-19), even those unrelated to the use of our products, or public concern regarding the safety of our products, can result in

negative publicity about the foodservice distribution industry and cause our sales to decrease dramatically. In addition, a widespread health epidemic (such as COVID-19) or food-borne illness, whether or not related to the use of our products, as well as terrorist events may cause consumers to avoid public gathering places, like restaurants, or otherwise change their eating behaviors. Health concerns and negative publicity may harm our results of operations and damage the reputation of, or result in a lack of acceptance of, our products or the brands that we carry or the services that we provide.

Our participation in a “multiemployer” pension plan could give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.

We participate in a “multiemployer” pension plan administered by a labor union representing some of our employees. We make periodic contributions to the plan to allow the plan to meet its pension benefit obligations to its participants. In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements with the labor union that maintains the plan, we could decide to discontinue participation in the plan, and in that event we could face withdrawal liability. We could be treated as withdrawing from participation in the plan if the number of our employees participating in the plan is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time. Such reductions in the number of our employees participating in the plan could occur as a result of changes in our business operations, such as facility closures or consolidations. In the event that we withdraw from participation in the plan, applicable law could require us to make withdrawal liability contributions to the plan, and we would have to reflect that on our balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability for the multiemployer plan would depend on the extent of the plan’s funding of vested benefits. If the multiemployer pension plan in which we participate has significant underfunded liabilities, such underfunding will increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability.

Our earnings may be reduced by amortization charges associated with any future acquisitions.

After we complete an acquisition, we must amortize any identifiable intangible assets associated with the acquired company over future periods. We also must amortize any identifiable intangible assets that we acquire directly. Our amortization of these amounts reduce our future earnings in the affected periods.

We have experienced losses because of the inability to collect accounts receivable in the past and could experience increases in such losses in the future if our customers are unable to pay their debts to us when due.

Certain of our customers have from time to time experienced bankruptcy, insolvency, and/or an inability to pay their debts to us as they come due. If our customers suffer significant financial difficulty, they may be unable to pay their debts to us timely or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. It is possible that customers may contest their contractual obligations to us under bankruptcy laws or otherwise. Significant customer bankruptcies could further adversely affect our net sales and increase our operating expenses by requiring larger provisions for bad debt expense. In addition, even when our contracts with these customers are not contested, if customers are unable to meet their obligations on a timely basis, it could adversely affect our ability to collect receivables. Further, we may have to negotiate significant discounts and/or extended financing terms with these customers in such a situation. If we are unable to collect upon our accounts receivable as they come due in an efficient and timely manner, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Periods of difficult economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets affect consumer confidence, which can adversely affect our business.15


The foodservice industry is sensitive to national and regional economic conditions. From 2008 through the beginning of 2010, deteriorating economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets negatively affected consumer confidence and discretionary spending. This led to reductions in the frequency of dining out and the amount spent by consumers for food-away-from-home purchases. These conditions, in turn,

negatively affected our results during these periods. The development of similar economic conditions in the future or permanent changes in consumer dining habits as a result of such conditions would likely negatively affect our operating results.

We are highly dependent upon senior management. Our failure to attract and retain key members of senior management could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are highly dependent on the performance and continued efforts of our senior management team. Our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified executive officers and senior management. Any inability to manage our operations effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Although we have an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, we cannot prevent him from terminating employment with us. Most of our other executives are not bound by employment agreements with us. Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and it may be difficult to replace them quickly with executives of equal experience and capabilities.

Federal, state, and local tax rules may adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We are subject to federal, state, and local taxes in the United States. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, if the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or any other taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken on our tax returns, we could face additional tax liability, including interest and penalties. If material, payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact upon our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, complying with new tax rules, laws, or regulations could affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations, and increases to federal or state statutory tax rates and other changes in tax laws, rules, or regulations may increase our effective tax rate. Any increase in our effective tax rate could have a material impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Insurance and claims expenses could significantly reduce our profitability.

Our future insurance and claims expenses might exceed historic levels, which could reduce our profitability. We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amount in excess of the deductibles is insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance.

We reserve for anticipated losses and expenses and periodically evaluate and adjust our claims reserves to reflect our experience. However, ultimate results may differ from our estimates, which could result in losses over our reserved amounts.

Although we believe our aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims costs, it is possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed our aggregate coverage limits. Insurance carriers have raised premiums for many businesses in our industry, including ours. As a result,ours, and our insurance and claims expense could increase.continue to increase in the future. Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (1) total claims costs significantly exceed our coverage limits, (2) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (3) our insurance carriers fail to pay on our insurance claims, (4) we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided, or (5) a large number of claims may cause our cost under our deductibles to differ from historic averages.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt, and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.

We are highly leveraged. As of July 1, 2017,2023, we had $1,297.6$4,010.0 million of indebtedness.indebtedness, including finance lease obligations. In addition, we had $594.6$2,673.8 million of availability under ourthe Amended ABL Facility (as defined below under "- Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Financing Activities in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K ("Item 7")") after giving effect to $105.5$172.2 million of outstanding letters of credit and $11.2$99.7 million of lenders’ reserves.reserves under the Amended ABL Facility.

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including:

requiring us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, development activity, and other general corporate purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry, or competitive developments;

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates to the extent our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness;

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to makenon-strategic divestitures;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

A substantial portion of our indebtedness is floating rate debt. IfAs interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on such indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remainedremains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. As a result of the discontinuation of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as a reference rate on June 30, 2023, there is uncertainty as to whether the transition from LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or another reference rate will result in financial market disruptions or higher interest costs to borrowers, which could increase our interest expense and have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Our ABL Facility was recently amended to replace LIBOR with SOFR. SOFR is a relatively new reference rate and has a very limited history. The future performance of SOFR cannot be predicted based on its limited historical performance. Since the initial publication of SOFR in April 2018, changes in SOFR have, on occasion, been more volatile than changes in other benchmark or market rates, such as U.S. dollar LIBOR. Additionally, any successor rate to SOFR under the Amended ABL Facility may not have the same characteristics as SOFR or LIBOR. As a result, the consequences of the phase-out of LIBOR cannot be entirely predicted at this time.

16


We may elect to enter into interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to floating interest rates as described below under “—We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty creditworthiness ornon-performance of these instruments.” However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this ability is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and to meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations, or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effectaffect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all,

and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at a higher interest rate, and the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives. Our failure to make the required interest and principal payments on our indebtedness would result in an event of default under the agreement governing such indebtedness, which may result in the acceleration of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness.

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

incur liens;

make investments and loans;

pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions);

amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness;

enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses;

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

alter the business that we conduct;

change our fiscal year; orand

engage in any activities other than permitted activities.

As a result of these restrictions, we are limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and, in the case of our ABL Facility, permitamounts due may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders may be exercised, including rights with respect to cease making loans to us.the collateral securing the obligations.

17


We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness, and we will beare exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness ornon-performance of these instruments.

We may enter intopay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses should interest rates decline to a point lower than our fixed rate

commitments. We will beare exposed to credit-related losses, which could affect the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness ornon-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may change significantly, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to continue to be volatile. The stock market routinely experiences periods of large or extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid due to a number of factors such as those listed in “—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” and the following:

results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors;

declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those of foodservice distribution companies;

strategic actions by us or our competitors;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments;

changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;

changes in business or regulatory conditions;

future sales of our common stock or other securities;

investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

announcements relating to litigation;

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance;

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock;

changes in accounting principles;

occurrences of extreme or inclement weather; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism, or responses to these events.

These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low.

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition, and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants of our existing and outstanding indebtedness and may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

The sale of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

As of August 16, 2017, we had a total of 104,075,910 shares of common stock outstanding, which includes 3,202,612 shares of restricted stock.

Shares held by Wellspring, and our directors, officers, employees, and other stockholders are eligible for resale, subject in certain cases to volume, manner of sale, and other limitations under Rule 144. In addition, pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Wellspring, and certain other stockholders have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of shares, our existing owners could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to decline. As of July 1, 2017, shares covered by registration rights represent approximately 15.6% of our outstanding common stock. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144.

As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.

A total of 3,296,394 shares are issuable upon the exercise of options, 112,321 shares are issuable pursuant to restricted stock units, 604,777 shares are reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, and

2,842,667 shares are reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to various vesting agreements,lock-up agreements, and Rule 144, as applicable.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

These provisions provide for, among other things:

a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms;

the ability of our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;

advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings;

certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;

the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if Blackstone and its affiliates hold less than 30% of our outstanding shares of common stock; and

that certain provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if Blackstone and its affiliates hold less than 30% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third-party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of our Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit

a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Affiliates of Wellspring will continue to be able to significantly influence our decisions and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

As of July 1, 2017, affiliates of Wellspring beneficially own approximately 15.6% of our common stock. As a result, investment funds associated with or designated by affiliates of Wellspring have the ability to elect a member of our Board of Directors and thereby to continue to influence our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence or modification of debt by us, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests. In addition, Wellspring may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, Wellspring may have an interest in our making acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or selling revenue-generating assets. Additionally, in certain circumstances, acquisitions of debt at a discount by purchasers that are related to a debtor can give rise to cancellation of indebtedness income to such debtor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Wellspring is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that neither Wellspring nor any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including anynon-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Wellspring also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as Wellspring continues to own a significant amount of our combined voting power, even though such amount is less than 50%, Wellspring will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions and, so long as Wellspring and its affiliates collectively own at least 5% of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, Wellspring will be able to appoint an individual to our Board of Directors under our stockholders agreement.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and requirements pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We expect that these requirements will continue to cause significant legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and place strain on our personnel, systems, and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are also required to make a formal assessment and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which must be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm. In order to maintain the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and

anticipate that we will continue to expend, resources, including accounting-related costs and management oversight.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to maintain or develop effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. If we identify any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the future, or encounter problems or delays in the implementation of internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

None.

18


Item 2. Properties

As of July 1, 2017,2023, we operated 73142 distribution centers across our three reportable segments and 3 distribution centers through our Corporate and All Other segment.segments. Of our 76142 facilities, we owned 3465 facilities and leased the remaining 4277 facilities. Our Performance Foodservice segment operated 3778 distribution centers, our Vistar segment operated 25 distribution centers, and our Convenience segment operated 39 distribution centers, all of which had an average square footage of approximately 200,000 square feet per facility.

Location

 

Foodservice

 

Vistar

 

Convenience

 

Total

Alabama

 

1

 

 

 

1

Arkansas

 

1

 

 

1

 

2

Arizona

 

1

 

1

 

 

2

California

 

4

 

2

 

5

 

11

Colorado

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

3

Connecticut

 

 

1

 

 

1

Florida

 

7

 

1

 

2

 

10

Georgia

 

3

 

1

 

2

 

6

Iowa

 

1

 

 

1

 

2

Illinois

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

4

Indiana

 

1

 

 

1

 

2

Kentucky

 

3

 

1

 

2

 

6

Louisiana

 

3

 

 

 

3

Massachusetts

 

3

 

 

2

 

5

Maryland

 

2

 

 

 

2

Maine

 

1

 

 

1

 

2

Michigan

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

4

Minnesota

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

5

Missouri

 

4

 

1

 

 

5

Mississippi

 

4

 

1

 

 

5

North Carolina

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

4

Nebraska

 

1

 

 

 

1

New Jersey

 

3

 

2

 

 

5

New Mexico

 

 

 

2

 

2

Nevada

 

 

1

 

1

 

2

Ohio

 

3

 

1

 

2

 

6

Oregon

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

3

Pennsylvania

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

5

South Carolina

 

3

 

 

 

3

Tennessee

 

5

 

1

 

 

6

Texas

 

5

 

2

 

1

 

8

Utah

 

 

 

1

 

1

Virginia

 

3

 

 

 

3

Vermont

 

2

 

 

 

2

Washington

 

 

 

1

 

1

Wisconsin

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

5

Canada

 

 

 

4

 

4

Total

 

78

 

25

 

39

 

142

Our PFG Customized segment operated eight distribution centers and had an average square footage of over 200,000 square feet per facility. Our Vistar segment operated 28 distribution centers and had an average square footage of over 100,000 square feet per facility. Our Corporate and All Other segment operated 3 distribution centers and had an average square footage of approximately 50,000 square feet per facility.

State

  Performance
Foodservice
   Vistar   PFG
Customized
   Corporate and
All Other
   Total 

Arizona

   1    2    —      —      3 

Arkansas

   1    —      —      —      1 

California

   3    3    1    —      7 

Colorado

   1    1    —      —      2 

Connecticut

   —      1    —      —      1 

Florida

   3    2    1    2    8 

Georgia

   2    1    —      —      3 

Illinois

   2    2    —      —      4 

Indiana

   —      —      1    —      1 

Kentucky

   1    1    —      —      2 

Louisiana

   1    —      —      —      1 

Maine

   1    —      —      —      1 

Maryland

   1    —      1    —      2 

Massachusetts

   1    —      —      1    2 

Michigan

   —      1    —      —      1 

Minnesota

   1    1    —      —      2 

Mississippi

   1    1    —      —      2 

Missouri

   2    1    —      —      3 

Nevada

   —      1    —      —      1 

New Jersey

   3    3    1    —      7 

North Carolina

   1    1    —      —      2 

Ohio

   2    1    —      —      3 

Oregon

   1    1    —      —      2 

Pennsylvania

   —      1    —      —      1 

South Carolina

   1    —      1    —      2 

Tennessee

   2    1    1    —      4 

Texas

   4    2    1    —      7 

Virginia

   1    —      —      —      1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   37    28    8    3    76 

Our Performance Foodservice “broad-line” customers are generally located no more than 200 miles from one of our distribution facilities. Of the 37 Performance Foodservice distribution centers, eight have meat cutting operations that providecustom-cut meat products to our customersfacilities, and one has a seafood processing operation that providescustom-cut and packed seafood to its customers and our other distribution centers. Our PFG Customizednational chain customers are generally located no more than 450 miles from one of our distribution facilities. In addition toOf the 2878 Foodservice distribution centers, operated by Vistar, Vistar10 have meat cutting operations that provide custom-cut meat products and one has sevencash-and-carry Merchant’s Mart facilities. seafood processing operations that provide custom-cut and packed seafood to our customers and our other distribution centers. The Convenience segment operates two additional facilities as a third-party logistics provider dedicated solely to supporting the logistics and management requirements of one of our customers. These distribution facilities are located in Arizona and Texas.

Customer orders are typically assembled in our distribution facilities and then sorted, placed on pallets, and loaded onto trucks and trailers in delivery sequence. Deliveries are generally made in large tractor-trailers that we usually lease. We use integrated computer systems to design and track efficient route sequences for the delivery of our products.

19


Our distribution center leases are on average 17.1 years in duration. Rent on our leases is typically set at a fixed annual rate, paid monthly.

Our properties also include a combined headquarters facility for our corporate offices and the Performance Foodservice segment that is located in Richmond, Virginia; a headquarters facility for PFG Customized that is located in Tennessee;combined support service center and a headquarters facility for Vistar that is located in Colorado.Englewood, Colorado; headquarters for Convenience located in Westlake, Texas; locations to support Other segment operations; and other support service centers and corporate offices located in the United States.

We are a party to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings arising out ofin the ordinary course and conduct of our business. We have insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage

While it is cost effective. As discussed below, we have accrued $2.3 millionimpossible to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome of anticipated settlement costs with respect to one pending lawsuit. For matters not specifically discussed below, although the outcomesany of the claims,these proceedings, lawsuits, and other legalclaims, management believes that adequate provisions have been made or insurance secured for all currently pending proceedings to which we are a party areso that the ultimate outcomes will not determinable at this time, in our opinion, any additional liability that we might incur upon the resolution of the claims and lawsuits beyond the amounts already accrued is not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Lawsuit. In March 2009, the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the “EEOC,” Field Office served us with company-wide (excluding, however, our Vistarposition. Refer to Note 15. Commitments and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relating to alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act (“Title VII”), seeking certain information from January 1, 2004 to a specified date in the first fiscal quarter of 2009. In August 2009, the EEOC moved to enforce the subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and we opposed the motion. In February 2010, the court ruled that the subpoena related to the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide but on a narrower scope of data than the original subpoena sought (the court ruled that the subpoena was applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of our broadline distribution centers only and not to our PFG Customized distribution centers). We cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information. In September 2011, the EEOC notified us that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act. In determinations issued in September 2012 by the EEOC with respect to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that we engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positionsContingencies within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within our broadline divisionNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in violationItem 8 for disclosure of Title VII. In June 2013, the EEOC filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against us. The litigation concerns two issues: (1) whether we unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and (2) whether we unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC because of her being female. The EEOC seeks the following relief in the lawsuit: (1) to permanently enjoin us from denying employment to female applicants because of their sex and denying promotions to female employees because of their sex; (2) a court order mandating that we institute and carry out policies, procedures, practices and programs which provide equal employment opportunities for females; (3) back pay with prejudgment interest and compensatory damages for a former female employee and an alleged class of aggrieved female applicants; (4) punitive damages; and (5) costs. The court bifurcated the litigation into two phases. In the first phase, the jury will decide whether we engaged in a gender-based pattern and practice of discrimination and the individual claims of one former employee. If the EEOC prevails on all counts in the first phase, no monetary relief would be awarded, except possibly for the single individual’s claims, which would be immaterial. The remaining individual claims would then be tried in the second phase. At this stage in the proceedings, the Company cannot estimate either the number of individual trials that could occur in the second phase of the litigation or the value of those claims. For these reasons, we are unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in the event of an adverse finding in the first and second phases of the litigation. The parties are engaged in discovery. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves.

Wilder, et al. v. Roma Food Enterprises, Inc., et al. In October 2014, three former delivery drivers who worked in our former Roma of New Jersey warehouse in Piscataway, New Jersey filed a class action lawsuit in

the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Middlesex County against us. The lawsuit alleges on behalf of a proposed class of delivery drivers who worked in our Roma, broadline and Vistar facilities in New Jersey from October 2012 to the present that, under New Jersey state law, we failed to pay minimum wages and overtime compensation to the delivery drivers in these facilities. The lawsuit seeks the following relief: (1) award of unpaid minimum wages and overtime under New Jersey state law; (2) an injunction preventing us from committing the alleged violation; (3) a declaration from the court that the alleged violations were knowing and willful; (4) reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs; and(5) pre-judgment and post-judgment interest. The case is in the preliminary phases of discovery, and no class has been certified.

On October 4, 2016, we engaged in mediation with the plaintiffs, and on October 25, 2016, we indicated ournon-binding agreement to settle the lawsuit on the basis of a settlement fund of $2.3 million, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement agreement. On February 1, 2017, the parties filed a motion for preliminary approval of the settlement stipulation with the Court, and a hearing on that motion occurred on March 1, 2017, during which the court requested additional pleadings from the parties and continued the motion for preliminary approval until such pleadings were filed. The court held another hearing on the motion for preliminary approval on June 19, 2017, at which time preliminary approval was granted. Notice of the settlement stipulation was issued to the settlement class members on or about July 17, 2017. The notice period will close on October 6, 2017, and the final approval hearing has been set for November 6, 2017. Should the parties fail to receive final court approval, which is unanticipated, we intend to vigorously defend ourselves. As of July 1, 2017 the Company has accrued $2.3  million for this settlement.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable

20


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market and Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and began trading under the symbol “PFGC” on October 1, 2015. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following tables set forth for the periods indicated the high and low reported sale prices per share for our common stock, as reported on the NYSE:“PFGC.”

   High   Low 

Fiscal Year Ended July 1, 2017

    

First Quarter

  $28.07   $23.07 

Second Quarter

  $25.44   $19.95 

Third Quarter

  $24.40   $21.70 

Fourth Quarter

  $29.13   $23.20 
   High   Low 

Fiscal Year Ended July 2, 2016

    

Second Quarter (from October 1, 2015)

  $25.22   $18.72 

Third Quarter

  $25.46   $20.00 

Fourth Quarter

  $28.13   $22.88 

Approximate Number of Common Shareholders

At the close of business on August 16, 2017,9, 2023, there were approximately 2001,423 holders of record of our shares of common stock. This stockholder figure does not include a substantially greater number of holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

Dividends

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the covenants in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness and may be further limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries may incur in the future. See “ItemPart II, Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities.”Activities. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company, and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

The following table provides information relating to our purchases of shares of the Company’sCompany's common stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.2023.

Period

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)

 

 

Average Price
Paid per
Share

 

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plan(2)

 

 

Maximum Dollar Value
of Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under the
Plan (in millions)(2)

 

April 2, 2023—April 29, 2023

 

 

195

 

 

$

59.94

 

 

 

 

 

$

300.0

 

April 30, 2023—May 27, 2023

 

 

241

 

 

$

56.70

 

 

 

 

 

$

300.0

 

May 28, 2023—July 1, 2023

 

 

200,654

 

 

$

56.06

 

 

 

200,654

 

 

$

288.8

 

Total

 

 

201,090

 

 

$

56.07

 

 

 

200,654

 

 

 

 

Period

 Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)
  Average Price
Paid per
Share
  Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
  Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
 

April 2, 2017—April 29, 2017

  164  $24.15   —     —   

April 30, 2017—May 27, 2017

  85,367  $27.60   —     —   

May 28, 2017—July 1, 2017

  —     —     —     —   

Total

  85,531  $27.59   —     —   

(1)During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, the Company purchased 85,531 shares of the Company’s common stock in transactions unrelated to a publicly announced plan or program. These transactions consisted of acquisitions of shares of the Company’s common stock via share withholding for payroll tax obligations due from employees in connection with the delivery of shares of the Company’s common stock under our incentive plans.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data(1) During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, the Company purchased 436 shares of the Company's common stock via share withholding for payroll tax obligations due from employees in connection with the delivery of shares of the Company's common stock under our incentive plans.

(2) On November 16, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program for up to $300 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This authorization replaced the previously authorized $250 million share repurchase program. The selected statementsnew share repurchase program has an expiration date of operationsNovember 16, 2026 and may be amended, suspended, or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion, subject to compliance with applicable laws. Repurchases under this program depend upon market place conditions and other factors, including compliance with the covenants in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness.

21


Stock Performance Graph

The performance graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock over the previous five fiscal years, with the cumulative total return for the same period of the S&P 500 index, the S&P Midcap 400 index, and the S&P Midcap 400 Food, Beverage & Tobacco Industry Group. The Company has elected to replace the S&P Midcap 400 index with the S&P Midcap 400 Food, Beverage & Tobacco Industry Group because the new index represents a group of companies more aligned with our peer group. In this transition year, the stock performance graph below includes the new index and the previously reported index. The graph assumes the investment of $100 in our common stock and each of the indices as of the market close on June 29, 2018 and the reinvestment of dividends. Performance data for fiscal years 2017, 2016, and 2015,the Company, the S&P 500 index, the S&P Midcap 400 index, and the related selected balance sheet dataS&P Midcap 400 Food, Beverage & Tobacco Industry Group is provided as of the last trading day of each of our last five fiscal years ending in 2017 and 2016, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.years. The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 and the selected balance sheet data as of fiscal years ended 2015, 2014, and 2013, have been derived from our consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form10-K. Our historical results arestock price performance graph is not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

stock price performance.

img132804066_1.jpg 

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below together with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes thereto, included in

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, as well as Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Item 7.6. [Reserved]

  For the fiscal year ended(1) 
  July 1,
2017
  July 2,
2016
  June 27,
2015
  June 28,
2014
  June 29,
2013
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share data) 

Statement of Operations Data:

     

Net sales

 $16,761.8  $16,104.8  $15,270.0  $13,685.7  $12,826.5 

Cost of goods sold

  14,637.0   14,094.8   13,421.7   11,988.5   11,243.8 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

  2,124.8   2,010.0   1,848.3   1,697.2   1,582.7 

Operating expenses

  1,913.8   1,807.8   1,688.2   1,581.6   1,468.0 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

  211.0   202.2   160.1   115.6   114.7 

Interest expense(2)

  54.9   83.9   85.7   86.1   95.9 

Other, net

  (1.6  3.8   (22.2  (0.7  (0.7
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other expense, net

  53.3   87.7   63.5   85.4   95.2 

Income before taxes

  157.7   114.5   96.6   30.2   19.5 

Income tax expense(3)

  61.4   46.2   40.1   14.7   11.1 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

 $96.3  $68.3  $56.5  $15.5  $8.4 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

     

Basic net income per share

 $0.96  $0.71  $0.65  $0.18  $0.10 

Diluted net income per share

 $0.93  $0.70  $0.64  $0.18  $0.10 

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts

     

Basic

  100,236,486   96,451,931   86,874,727   86,868,452   86,864,606 

Diluted

  103,036,723   98,128,626   87,613,698   87,533,324   87,458,530 

Dividends declared per share

  —     —     —     —    $2.53 

  As of 
  July 1,
2017
  July 2,
2016
  June 27,
2015
  June 28,
2014
  June 29,
2013
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

 $8.1  $10.9  $9.2  $5.3  $14.1 

Total assets

  3,804.1   3,455.4   3,353.5   3,199.6   3,006.8 

Total debt

  1,297.6   1,145.5   1,422.6   1,435.1   1,455.3 

Total shareholders’ equity

  925.5   802.8   493.0   434.1   420.0 

(1)Fiscal years 2017, 2015, 2014, and 2013 contained 52 weeks consisting of 364 days and fiscal year 2016 contained 53 weeks consisting of 371 days.
(2)Interest expense includes $4.0 million, $7.3 million, $8.0 million, $6.6 million, and $11.1 million of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps for fiscal 2017, 2016, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively. Fiscal 2016 also includes $9.4 million loss on extinguishment and $5.5 million accelerated amortization of original issue discount and financing costs. Fiscal 2013 also includes $2.0 million loss on extinguishment.
(3)As a result of the adoption of ASU2016-09, income tax expense for fiscal 2017 includes excess tax benefits of $5.3 million related to exercised and vested share-based compensation awards. Refer to Note 3Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements to the audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for further discussion. Income tax expense also includes $1.5 million, $2.9 million, $3.1 million, $2.6 million, and $4.3 million tax benefit from reclassification adjustments for fiscal 2017, 2016, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively, related to the reclassification adjustments for change in fair value of interest rate swaps referred to in note (2).

22


Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with Item 6. Selectedthe audited Consolidated Financial DataStatements and the audited consolidated financial statements and the notesNotes thereto included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data inof this Annual Report on Form10-K. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form10-K. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should carefully read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Form 10-K.

The following includes a comparison of our consolidated results of operations, our segment results and financial position for fiscal years 2023 and 2022. For a comparison of our consolidated results of operations and financial position for fiscal years 2022 and 2021, see Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form10-K. 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2022, filed with the SEC on August 19, 2022. For a comparison of segment results for fiscal years 2022 and 2021, see Item 7 of Part II, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2022, filed with the SEC on August 19, 2022, as updated by Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report filed on Form 8-K with the SEC on November 21, 2022.

Our Company

We market and distribute over 150,000250,000 food and food-related products to customers across the United States from approximately 76142 distribution facilities to over 150,000300,000 customer locations in the “food-away-from-home” industry. We offer our customers a broad assortment of products including our proprietary-branded products, nationally-brandednationally branded products, and products bearing our customers’ brands. Our product assortment ranges from“center-of-the-plate” “center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, and groceries to candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, and beverages.other tobacco products. We also sell disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.

We haveBased on the Company’s organization structure and how the Company’s management reviews operating results and makes decisions about resource allocation, the Company has three reportable segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized,Vistar, and Vistar.Convenience. Our Performance Foodservice segment distributes a broad line of national brands, customer brands, and our proprietary-branded food and food-related products, or “Performance Brands.” Performance Foodservice sells to independent or “Street,” and multi-unit or “Chain,”“Chain” restaurants and other institutions such as schools, healthcare facilities, and business and industry locations.locations, and retail establishments. Our PFG Customized segment has provided longstanding service toChain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations and include some of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains and recently expanded service into fast casual and quick service restaurant chains. Our Vistar segment specializes in distributing candy, snacks, beverages, and other items nationally to the vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, hospitality, and other channels. Our Convenience segment distributes candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco products, food and foodservice related products and other items to convenience stores across North America. We believe that there are substantial synergies across our segments. Cross-segment synergies include procurement, operational best practices such as the use of new productivity technologies, and supply chain and network optimization, as well as shared corporate functions such as accounting, treasury, tax, legal, information systems, and human resources.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30th.This resulted in a52-week year for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2015 and2023, a53-week 52-week year for fiscal 2016.2022 and a 53-week year for fiscal 2021. References to “fiscal 2017”2023” are to the52-week period ended July 1, 2017,2023, references to “fiscal 2016”2022” are to the53-week 52-week period ended July 2, 2016,2022, and references to “fiscal 2015”2021” are to the52-week 53-week period ended June 27, 2015.July 3, 2021.

Recent Trends and Initiatives

Our case volume has grown in each quarter over the comparable prior fiscal year quarter, starting in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 and continuing through the most recent quarter. We believe that we gained industry share during fiscal 2017 given that we have grown our sales more rapidly than the industry growth rate forecasted by Technomic, a research and consulting firm serving the food and food related industry. Our Net income increased 41.0% and Adjusted EBITDA increased 6.6% from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017, primarily driven by case growth, partially offset by the 53rd week in fiscal 2016. Case volume grew 4.1% in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 and grew 6.2% excluding the extra week in fiscal 2016. Gross profit dollars rose 5.7% in fiscal 2017 versus the prior year, which was faster than case growth, primarily as a result of shifting our channel mix toward higher gross margin customers and shifting our product mix toward sales of Performance Brands. Our operating expenses in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 rose 5.9% as a result of increases in case volume, strategic investments, compensation and other personnel benefits, and insurance expense.

Key Factors Affecting Our Business

Our business, our industry and the U.S. economy are influenced by a number of general macroeconomic factors, including, but not limited to, changes in the rate of inflation and fuel prices, interest rates, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, and the effects of health epidemics and pandemics. We continue to actively monitor the impacts of the evolving macroeconomic and geopolitical landscape on all aspects of our business. The Company and our industry may face challenges related to product and fleet supply, increased product and logistics costs, access to labor supply, and lower disposable incomes due to inflationary pressures and macroeconomic conditions. The extent to which these challenges will affect our future financial position, liquidity, and results of operations remains uncertain.

23


We believe that our long-term performance is principally affected by the following key factors:

Changing demographic and macroeconomic trends. Excluding the peak years of the COVID-19 pandemic, the share of consumer spending captured by the food-away-from-home industry has increased steadily for several decades. The share increases in periods of increasing employment, rising disposable income, increases in the number of restaurants, and favorable demographic trends, such as smaller household sizes, an increasing number of dual income households, and an aging population base that spends more per capita at foodservice establishments. The foodservice distribution industry is also sensitive to national and regional economic conditions, such as changes in consumer spending, changes in consumer confidence, and changes in the prices of certain goods.
Food distribution market structure. The food distribution market consists of a wide spectrum of companies ranging from businesses selling a single category of product (e.g., produce) to large national and regional broadline distributors with many distribution centers and thousands of products across all categories. We believe our scale enables us to invest in our Performance Brands, to benefit from economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, and to drive supply chain efficiencies that enhance our customers’ satisfaction and profitability. We believe that the relative growth of larger foodservice distributors will continue to outpace that of smaller, independent players in our industry.
Our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and implement our initiatives. Our performance will continue to depend on our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and to implement our current and future initiatives. The key strategies include focusing on independent sales and Performance Brands, pursuing new customers for our three reportable segments, expansion of geographies, utilizing our infrastructure to gain further operating and purchasing efficiencies, and making strategic acquisitions.

Changing demographic and macroeconomic trends.The share of consumer spending captured by the food-away-from-home industry increased steadily for several decades and paused during the recession that began in 2008. Following the recession, the share has again increased as a result of increasing employment, rising disposable income, increases in the number of restaurants, and favorable demographic trends, such as smaller household sizes, an increasing number of dual income households, and an aging population base that spends more per capita at foodservice establishments. The foodservice distribution industry is also sensitive to national and regional economic conditions, such as changes in consumer spending, changes in consumer confidence, and changes in the prices of certain goods.

Food distribution market structure.We are the third largest foodservice distributer by revenue in the United States behind Sysco and US Foods, which are both national broadline distributors. The balance of the market consists of a wide spectrum of companies ranging from businesses selling a single category of product (e.g., produce) to large regional broadline distributors with many distribution centers and thousands of products across all categories. We believe our scale enables us to invest in our Performance Brands, to benefit from economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, and to drive supply chain efficiencies that enhance our customers’ satisfaction and profitability. We believe that the relative growth of larger foodservice distributors will continue to outpace that of smaller, independent players in our industry.

Our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and implement our initiatives.Our performance will continue to depend on our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and to implement our current and future initiatives. The key strategies include focusing on Street sales and Performance Brands, pursuing new customers for all three of our reportable segments, expansion of geographies, utilizing our infrastructure to gain further operating and purchasing efficiencies, and making strategic acquisitions.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures used by our management are discussed below. The percentages on the results presented below are calculated based on rounded numbers.

Net Sales

Net sales is equal to gross sales, plus excise taxes, minus sales returns; minus sales incentives that we offer to our customers, such as rebates and discounts that are offsets to gross sales; and certain other adjustments. Our net sales are driven by changes in case volumes, product inflation that is reflected in the pricing of our products, and mix of products sold.

Gross Profit

Gross profit is equal to our net sales minus our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold primarily includes inventory costs (net of supplier consideration) and inbound freight. Cost of goods sold generally changes as we incur higher or lower costs from our suppliers and as our customer and product mix changes.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

Management measures operating performance based on our EBITDA, defined as net income before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not defined under U.S.

GAAP and is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. Our definition of EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our performance. We use this measure to evaluate the performance of our segments and for business planning purposes. We present EBITDA in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures.

In addition, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income before interest expense, interest income, income and franchise taxes, and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain items that we do not consider part of our core operating results. Such adjustments include certain unusual,non-cash,non-recurring, cost reduction, and other adjustment items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our credit agreement and indentureindentures (other than certain pro forma adjustments permitted under our credit agreement and indentureindentures governing the Notes due 2025, Notes due 2027, and Notes due 2029 relating to the Adjusted EBITDA contribution of acquired entities or businesses prior to the acquisition date). Under our credit agreement and indenture,indentures, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and making restricted payments is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in theour credit agreement and indenture)indentures). Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under U.S.GAAP, is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We believe thatuse this measure to evaluate the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties, including our lenders under the ABL Facility (as defined below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”) and holdersperformance of our Notes (as defined below under “—Liquiditybusiness on a consistent basis over time and Capital Resources”), in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours.for business planning purposes. In addition, targets based on Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures we use to evaluate our management’s performance for purposes of determining their compensation under our incentive plans.

EBITDA and We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA haveis useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities

24


analysts, investors, and other interested parties, including our lenders under our credit agreement and holders of our Notes due 2025, Notes due 2027, and Notes due 2029 in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours.

Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider themit in isolation or as substitutesa substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. For example, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

exclude
excludes certain tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

do
does not reflect any cash capital expenditure requirements for the assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to be replaced in the future;

do
does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

do
does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service our debt.

In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we add back certainnon-cash,non-recurring, and other items as permitted or required by our credit agreement and indenture.indentures. Adjusted EBITDA among other things:

does not includenon-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain othernon-cash charges; and

does not include cashacquisition, restructuring, andnon-cash restructuring, severance, and relocation other costs incurred to realize future cost savings and enhance our operations; andoperations.

does not reflect management fees paid to Blackstone and Wellspring.

We have included the calculationsbelow reconciliations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP for the periods presented.

25


Results of Operations EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA

The following table sets forth a summary of our results of operations EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated (dollars in millions, except per share data):

 Fiscal Year Ended Fiscal 2017 Fiscal 2016 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

Fiscal 2023

 

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 July 1, 2017 July 2, 2016 June 27, 2015 Change % Change % 

 

July 1, 2023

 

 

July 2, 2022

 

 

July 3, 2021

 

 

Change

 

 

%

 

 

Change

 

 

%

 

Net sales

 $16,761.8  $16,104.8  $15,270.0  $657.0  4.1  $834.8  5.5 

 

$

57,254.7

 

 

$

50,894.1

 

 

$

30,398.9

 

 

$

6,360.6

 

 

 

12.5

 

 

 

20,495.2

 

 

 

67.4

 

Cost of goods sold

 14,637.0  14,094.8  13,421.7  542.2  3.8  673.1  5.0 

 

 

50,999.8

 

 

 

45,637.7

 

 

 

26,873.7

 

 

 

5,362.1

 

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

18,764.0

 

 

 

69.8

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross profit

 2,124.8  2,010.0  1,848.3  114.8  5.7  161.7  8.7 

 

 

6,254.9

 

 

 

5,256.4

 

 

 

3,525.2

 

 

 

998.5

 

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

1,731.2

 

 

 

49.1

 

Operating expenses

 1,913.8  1,807.8  1,688.2  106.0  5.9  119.6  7.1 

 

 

5,489.1

 

 

 

4,929.0

 

 

 

3,324.5

 

 

 

560.1

 

 

 

11.4

 

 

 

1,604.5

 

 

 

48.3

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit

 211.0  202.2  160.1  8.8  4.4  42.1  26.3 

 

 

765.8

 

 

 

327.4

 

 

 

200.7

 

 

 

438.4

 

 

 

133.9

 

 

 

126.7

 

 

 

63.1

 

Other expense, net

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 54.9  83.9  85.7  (29.0 (34.6 (1.8 (2.1

 

 

218.0

 

 

 

182.9

 

 

 

152.4

 

 

 

35.1

 

 

 

19.2

 

 

 

30.5

 

 

 

20.0

 

Other, net

 (1.6 3.8  (22.2 (5.4 N/M  26.0  N/M 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

(22.6

)

 

 

(6.4

)

 

 

26.4

 

 

 

116.8

 

 

 

(16.2

)

 

 

(253.1

)

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other expense, net

 53.3  87.7  63.5  (34.4 (39.2 24.2  38.1 

 

 

221.8

 

 

 

160.3

 

 

 

146.0

 

 

 

61.5

 

 

 

38.4

 

 

 

14.3

 

 

 

9.8

 

Income before income taxes

 157.7  114.5  96.6  43.2  37.7  17.9  18.5 

 

 

544.0

 

 

 

167.1

 

 

 

54.7

 

 

 

376.9

 

 

 

225.6

 

 

 

112.4

 

 

 

205.5

 

Income tax expense

 61.4  46.2  40.1  15.2  32.9  6.1  15.2 

 

 

146.8

 

 

 

54.6

 

 

 

14.0

 

 

 

92.2

 

 

 

168.9

 

 

 

40.6

 

 

 

290.0

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

 $96.3  $68.3  $56.5  $28.0  41.0  $11.8  20.9 

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

112.5

 

 

$

40.7

 

 

$

284.7

 

 

 

253.1

 

 

 

71.8

 

 

 

176.4

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

EBITDA

 $338.7  $317.0  $303.6  $21.7  6.8  $13.4  4.4 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $390.7  $366.6  $328.6  $24.1  6.6  $38.0  11.6 

 

$

1,363.4

 

 

$

1,019.8

 

 

$

625.3

 

 

$

343.6

 

 

 

33.7

 

 

 

394.5

 

 

 

63.1

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 100,236,486  96,451,931  86,874,727  3,784,555  3.9  9,577,204  11.0 

 

 

154.2

 

 

 

149.8

 

 

 

132.1

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

17.7

 

 

 

13.4

 

Diluted

 103,036,723  98,128,626  87,613,698  4,908,097  5.0  10,514,928  12.0 

 

 

156.1

 

 

 

151.3

 

 

 

133.4

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

17.9

 

 

 

13.4

 

Earnings per common share:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 $0.96  $0.71  $0.65  $0.25  35.2  $0.06  9.2 

 

$

2.58

 

 

$

0.75

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

$

1.83

 

 

 

244.0

 

 

$

0.44

 

 

 

141.9

 

Diluted

 $0.93  $0.70  $0.64  $0.23  32.9  $0.06  9.4 

 

$

2.54

 

 

$

0.74

 

 

$

0.30

 

 

$

1.80

 

 

 

243.2

 

 

$

0.44

 

 

 

146.7

 

We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is net income. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:

   For the fiscal year ended 
   July 1,
2017
   July 2,
2016
   June 27,
2015
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net income

  $96.3   $68.3   $56.5 

Interest expense(1)

   54.9    83.9    85.7 

Income tax expense

   61.4    46.2    40.1 

Depreciation

   91.5    80.5    76.3 

Amortization of intangible assets

   34.6    38.1    45.0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   338.7    317.0    303.6 

Non-cash items(2)

   18.8    18.2    2.5 

Acquisition, integration and reorganization(3)

   17.3    9.4    0.4 

Non-recurring items(4)

   —      1.7    5.1 

Productivity initiatives(5)

   10.6    11.6    8.3 

Multiemployer plan withdrawal(6)

   —      —      2.8 

Other adjustment items(7)

   5.3    8.7    5.9 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $390.7   $366.6   $328.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended

 

 

 

July 1, 2023

 

 

July 2, 2022

 

 

July 3, 2021

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net income

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

112.5

 

 

$

40.7

 

Interest expense

 

 

218.0

 

 

 

182.9

 

 

 

152.4

 

Income tax expense

 

 

146.8

 

 

 

54.6

 

 

 

14.0

 

Depreciation

 

 

315.7

 

 

 

279.7

 

 

 

213.9

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

181.0

 

 

 

183.1

 

 

 

125.0

 

Change in LIFO reserve (1)

 

 

39.2

 

 

 

122.9

 

 

 

36.4

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

43.3

 

 

 

44.0

 

 

 

25.4

 

Loss (gain) on fuel derivatives

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

(20.7

)

 

 

(6.4

)

Acquisition, integration & reorganization expenses (2)

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

49.9

 

 

 

16.2

 

Other adjustments (3)

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

10.9

 

 

 

7.7

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

1,363.4

 

 

$

1,019.8

 

 

$

625.3

 

(1)Includes a $9.4 million loss on extinguishment and $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs during fiscal 2016.
(1)
Includes a (decrease) in the last-in-first-out (“LIFO”) reserve of (19.2) million for Foodservice and an increase of $58.4 million for Convenience for fiscal 2023 compared to increases of $31.9 million for Foodservice and $91.0 million for Convenience for fiscal 2022 and increases of $11.8 million for Foodservice and $24.6 million for Convenience for fiscal 2021.
(2)
Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, and facility closing costs.
(3)
Includes asset impairments, gains and losses on disposal of fixed assets, amounts related to favorable and unfavorable leases, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, franchise tax expense, and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreement.

26


(2)Includes adjustments fornon-cash charges arising from stock-based compensation, interest rate swap hedge ineffectiveness, and gain/loss on disposal of assets. Stock-based compensation cost was $17.3 million, $17.2 million and $1.2 million for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, respectively. In addition, this includes an increase (decrease) in the LIFO reserve of $2.6 million, $(1.5) million and $1.7 million for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016, and fiscal 2015, respectively.
(3)Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions; in fiscal 2015 these fees are net of a $25.0 million termination fee related to the terminated agreement to acquire 11 US Foods facilities from Sysco and US Foods, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, facility closing costs, advisory fees paid to Blackstone and Wellspring, and offering fees.
(4)Consists primarily of an expense related to our withdrawal from a purchasing cooperative of which we were a member,pre-acquisition worker’s compensation claims related to an insurance company that went into liquidation, a legal settlement expense, and amounts received from business interruption insurance because of weather related or otherone-time events.
(5)Consists primarily of professional fees and related expenses associated with productivity initiatives.
(6)Includes amounts related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund. See Note 15Commitments and Contingencies to the audited consolidated financial statements included inItem 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(7)Consists primarily of changes in fair value and costs related to settlements on our fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, and franchise tax expense and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreements.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Fiscal year ended July 1, 20172023 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 20162022

Net Sales

Net sales growth is primarily a function of acquisitions, case growth, pricing (which is primarily based on product inflation/deflation), and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold. Net sales increased $657.0 million,$6.4 billion, or 4.1%12.5%, in fiscal 20172023 compared to fiscal 2016. 2022.

The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to case growth in Performance Foodservice, particularlya result of the acquisition of Core-Mark in the Streetfirst quarter of fiscal 2022 and an increase in selling price per case due to inflation and channel mix. The overall rate of product cost inflation declined throughout fiscal 2023 and sales growth in Vistar, particularly in the retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels partially offset by the 53rd weekwas approximately 8.6% for fiscal 2023. Total case volume increased 5.8% in fiscal year 2016. Net sales for the extra week in fiscal 2016 were approximately $312.4 million. Net sales growth was driven by case volume growth of 4.1% in fiscal 20172023 compared to fiscal 2016. Excluding the impact of the 53rd week in fiscal 2016,2022. Total organic case volume increased 6.2%1.6% in fiscal 2023 compared to the prior fiscal year.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $114.8$998.5 million, or 5.7%19.0%, forin fiscal 20172023 compared to fiscal 2016.2022. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by the resultacquisition of Core-Mark in the first quarter of fiscal 2022, a favorable shift in the mix of cases sold, including growth in cases soldthe independent channel, and a higher gross profit per case, which in turn was the result of selling an improved mix of channels and products, partially offset by the 53rd week in fiscal 2016. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, in fiscal 2017, Performance Foodservice grew our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross profit per case compared to the other brands we sell. See “—Segment Results—Performance Foodservice” below for additional discussion. The Company estimates that the gross profit for the extra week in fiscal 2016 was approximately $40.1 million.procurement related gains.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased $106.0$560.1 million, or 5.9%11.4%, for fiscal 20172023 compared to fiscal 2016.2022. The increase in operating expenses waswere primarily driven by the increaseacquisition of Core-Mark in case volume and the resulting impact on variable operational and selling expenses,first quarter of fiscal 2022, as well as investments associated with expansion of geographies servedincreases in the

dollar store channel, transition of business within PFG Customizedpersonnel expense, fuel expense, and the opening of our automated retail facility within the Vistar segment. Additionally, operatingrepairs and maintenance expense. Operating expenses increased for fiscal year 2017 asinclude a result of an $8.4$190.0 million increase in insurancepersonnel expenses primarily related to wages, commissions and benefits, a $34.9 million increase in repairs and maintenance expense primarily related to workers compensationtransportation equipment and professionalcloud-based information technology services and legal fees including settlements of $3.0 million. Thea $30.8 million increase wasin fuel expense primarily due to higher fuel prices for fiscal 2023 compared to the prior fiscal year. These increases were partially offset by the 53rd weeka $10.2 million decrease for fiscal 2023 in fiscal 2016. Operating expenses for the extra week is fiscal 2016 were approximately $35.3 million.professional fees primarily related to prior year acquisitions.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets increased from $118.6$462.8 million in fiscal 20162022 to $126.1$496.7 million in fiscal 2017,2023, an increase of 6.3%7.3%. Depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets increased as a result of larger capital outlays to support our growth, as well as recent acquisitions. This increase was partially offset by decreases in amortization since certain intangibles are now fully amortized compared to the Core-Mark acquisition and a prior year.fiscal year acquisition within Foodservice.

Net Income

Net income increased by $28.0 million, or 41.0%, to $96.3was $397.2 million for fiscal 20172023 compared to $112.5 million for fiscal 2016. The2022. This increase in net income was attributable to an $8.8the $438.4 million increase in operating profit, a $29.0 million decreasepartially offset by increases in income tax expense, interest expense and a $5.4 million decrease in other, expense, partially offset by a $15.2 million increase in income tax expense. The Company estimates that net income for the extra week in fiscal 2016 was approximately $2.1 million.

net. The increase in operating profit was a result of the increase in gross profit discussed above, partially offset by the increase in operating expenses. The decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of loweran increase in the average interest rates duringrate in fiscal 20172023 compared to the prior fiscal 2016 and a $9.4 million loss on extinguishment of debt and $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs in fiscal 2016.

year. The $5.4 million decreaseincrease in other, expense relatednet primarily relates to a $4.7 million decreasechanges in expense related to settlements on our derivatives and a $2.0 million increase in income from hedge ineffectiveness in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. These increases were partially offset by a $1.2 million decrease innon-cash income primarily related to the change in fair value of our derivatives for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016.fuel hedging derivatives.

The increase inCompany reported income tax expense was primarily a result of the increase in income before taxes, partially offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate.$146.8 million for fiscal 2023 compared to $54.6 million for fiscal 2022. Our effective tax rate in fiscal 20172023 was 39.0%27.0% compared to 40.3%32.7% in fiscal 2016.2022. The decrease in the effective tax rate wasfor fiscal 2023 differed from the prior fiscal years primarily due to a result of an increasedecrease in other permanent deductions and a reduction innon-deductible acquisition-related expenses and state income tax expense as a percentage of income before taxes. Sincenon-deductible expenses tend to be relatively constant, there is a favorable rate impact as income before taxes increases.book income.

Fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2015

Net SalesSegment Results

Net sales growth is primarily a function of case growth, pricing (which is primarily based on product inflation/deflation), and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold. Net sales increased $834.8 million, or 5.5%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to the 53rd week in fiscal year 2016, case growth in Performance Foodservice, particularly in the Street channel, and sales growth in Vistar, particularly their retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels. Net sales for the extra week in fiscal 2016 were approximately $312.4 million.

Net sales growth was driven by case volume growth of 7.0% in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of the 53rd week in fiscal 2016, case volume increased 4.8 % compared to the prior year. This increase was partially offset by a 1.5% decrease in selling price per case in fiscal 2016, primarily as a result of deflation and mix. During fiscal 2016, we witnessed deflation in our cheese, beef, and poultry categories.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $161.7 million, or 8.7%, for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in gross profit was the result of the 53rd week in fiscal 2016, growth in cases sold and a higher gross profit per case, which in turn was the result of selling an improved mix of channels and products. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, in fiscal 2016, Performance Foodservice grew our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross profit per case compared to the other brands we sell. See “—Segment Results—Performance Foodservice” below for additional discussion. The Company estimates that the gross profit for the extra week in fiscal 2016 was approximately $40.1 million.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased $119.6 million, or 7.1%, for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in operating expenses was primarily driven by the 53rd week in fiscal 2016, the increase in case volume, an increased investment in our sales force, and increases in stock compensation expense of $16.0 million, bonus expense of $13.8 million, and insurance expense of $7.0 million, as discussed in the segment results below. The increase was partially offset by leverage of our fixed costs, improved productivity in our warehouse and transportation operations, and decreases in fuel expense and amortization of intangible assets. Operating expenses for the extra week is fiscal 2016 were approximately $35.3 million.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets decreased from $121.3 million in fiscal 2015 to $118.6 million in fiscal 2016, a decrease of 2.2%. Decreases in amortization of intangible assets, since certain intangibles were fully amortized compared to the prior year, more than offset the increases in depreciation in fixed assets resulting from larger capital outlays to support our growth.

Net Income

Net income increased by $11.8 million, or 20.9%, to $68.3 million for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in net income was attributable to a $42.1 million increase in operating profit and a $1.8 million decrease in interest expense, partially offset by a $26.0 million increase in other expense and a $6.1 million increase in income tax expense. The Company estimates that net income for the extra week in fiscal 2016 was approximately $2.1 million.

The increase in operating profit was a result of the increase in gross profit discussed above, partially offset by the increase in operating expenses. The decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of lower average borrowings during fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015, partially offset by a $9.4 million loss on extinguishment of debt and $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs.

The $26.0 million increase in other expense related primarily to the absence of the $25.0 million termination fee income recognized in fiscal 2015, a $3.7 million increase in expense related to settlements on our derivatives and a $0.5 million increase in hedge ineffectiveness in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. These increases were partially offset by a $3.2 million increase innon-cash income primarily related to the change in fair value of our derivatives for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

The increase in income tax expense was primarily a result of the increase in income before taxes, partially offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate in fiscal 2016 was 40.3% compared to 41.5% in fiscal 2015. The decrease in the effective tax rate was a result of an increase in other permanent deductions and a reduction innon-deductible expenses and state income tax as a percentage of income before taxes. Sincenon-deductible expenses tend to be relatively constant, there is a favorable rate impact as income before taxes increases.

Segment Results

We havehas three reportable segments as described above—Performancesegments: Foodservice, PFG Customized,Vistar, and Vistar.Convenience. Management evaluates the performance of these segments based on various operating and financial metrics, including their respective sales growth and Adjusted EBITDA. For PFG Customized,Adjusted EBITDA includesis defined as net income before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization and excludes certain allocated corporate expenses that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate expenses are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensureitems that the allocation reflects a reasonable rateCompany does not consider part of corporateits segments’ core operating results, including stock-based compensation expense, changes in the LIFO reserve, acquisition, integration and reorganization expenses, based on their useand gains and losses related to fuel derivatives. See Note 19. Segment Information of corporate services.the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K.

Corporate & All Other is comprised of unallocated corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This also includes the operations of our internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense. Beginning in the second quarter

The following provides a comparison of our segment results for fiscal 2017, this also includes the operating results from certain recent acquisitions.years 2023 and 2022.

27


The following tables set forth net sales and Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated (dollars in millions):

Net Sales

  Fiscal Year Ended Fiscal 2017 Fiscal 2016 

 

Fiscal year ended

 

Fiscal 2023

 

Fiscal 2022

  July 1,
2017
 July 2,
2016
 June 27,
2015
 Change % Change % 

 

July 1, 2023

 

July 2, 2022

 

July 3, 2021

 

Change

 

%

 

Change

 

%

Performance Foodservice

  $9,822.4  $9,616.3  $9,085.0  $206.1  2.1  $531.3  5.8 

PFG Customized

   3,820.8  3,782.1  3,752.9  38.7  1.0  29.2  0.8 

Foodservice

 

$28,490.6

 

$26,579.2

 

$21,890.0

 

$1,911.4

 

7.2

 

$4,689.2

 

21.4

Vistar

   3,003.6  2,701.5  2,426.1  302.1  11.2  275.4  11.4 

 

4,549.3

 

3,681.8

 

2,539.6

 

867.5

 

23.6

 

1,142.2

 

45.0

Convenience

 

24,119.6

 

20,603.3

 

5,946.8

 

3,516.3

 

17.1

 

14,656.5

 

246.5

Corporate & All Other

   347.8  220.5  191.6  127.3  57.7  28.9  15.1 

 

700.4

 

526.5

 

428.6

 

173.9

 

33.0

 

97.9

 

22.8

Intersegment Eliminations

   (232.8 (215.6 (185.6 (17.2 (8.0 (30.0 (16.2

 

(605.2)

 

(496.7)

 

(406.1)

 

(108.5)

 

(21.8)

 

(90.6)

 

(22.3)

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total net sales

  $16,761.8  $16,104.8  $15,270.0  $657.0  4.1  $834.8  5.5 

 

$57,254.7

 

$50,894.1

 

$30,398.9

 

$6,360.6

 

12.5

 

$20,495.2

 

67.4

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA

   Fiscal Year Ended  Fiscal 2017  Fiscal 2016 
   July 1,
2017
  July 2,
2016
  June 27,
2015
  Change  %  Change  % 

Performance Foodservice

  $325.2  $307.0  $254.2  $18.2   5.9  $52.8   20.8 

PFG Customized

   25.3   34.1   36.5   (8.8  (25.8  (2.4  (6.6

Vistar

   120.8   113.0   105.5   7.8   6.9   7.5   7.1 

Corporate & All Other

   (132.6  (137.1  (92.6  4.5   3.3   (44.5  (48.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total EBITDA

  $338.7  $317.0  $303.6  $21.7   6.8  $13.4   4.4 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended

 

Fiscal 2023

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

July 1, 2023

 

July 2, 2022

 

July 3, 2021

 

Change

 

%

 

Change

 

%

Foodservice

 

$943.6

 

$786.5

 

$677.5

 

$157.1

 

20.0

 

$109.0

 

16.1

Vistar

 

325.3

 

193.0

 

84.8

 

132.3

 

68.5

 

108.2

 

127.6

Convenience

 

328.8

 

257.1

 

36.4

 

71.7

 

27.9

 

220.7

 

606.3

Corporate & All Other

 

(234.3)

 

(216.8)

 

(173.4)

 

(17.5)

 

(8.1)

 

(43.4)

 

(25.0)

Total Adjusted EBITDA

 

$1,363.4

 

$1,019.8

 

$625.3

 

$343.6

 

33.7

 

$394.5

 

63.1

Segment Results—Performance Foodservice

Fiscal year ended July 1, 20172023 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 20162022

Net Sales

Net sales for Performance Foodservice increased $206.1 million,$1.9 billion, or 2.1%7.2%, from fiscal 20162022 to fiscal 2017.2023. This increase in net sales was attributable to growth in cases sold, partially offset by the 53rd week in fiscal 2016. Net sales for the extra week in fiscal 2016 were approximately $188.0 million. Case growth in fiscal 2017 was driven by securing new Street customersan increase in selling price per case as a result of inflation and further penetrating existing customers.a favorable shift in mix. The overall rate of product cost inflation declined throughout fiscal 2023 and was approximately 6.4% for fiscal 2023. Securing new and expandedexpanding business with Streetindependent customers resulted in Street salesorganic independent case growth of approximately 4.6%6.2% in fiscal 20172023 compared to the prior fiscal 2016.year. For the year, Streetfiscal 2023, independent sales as a percentage of total segment sales were 44.4%39.3%.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for Performance Foodservice increased $18.2$157.1 million, or 5.9%20.0%, from fiscal 20162022 to fiscal 2017.2023. This increase was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization.expenses. Gross profit contributing to Foodservice’s Adjusted EBITDA increased by 4.4%$389.9 million, or 11.3% in fiscal 2017,2023 compared to the prior fiscal year, as a result of an increase in cases sold, as well as an increase in the gross profit per case, partially offset by gross profit of approximately $28.3 million in the extra week in fiscal 2016.year. The increase in gross profit per case was driven by a favorable shift in the mix of cases sold toward Streetto independent customers, andincluding more Performance Brands as well asproducts sold to independent customers, partially offset by an increaseexpected decrease in procurement gains. Street business has higher gross margins than Chain customers within this segment.gains as the rate of inflation declines.

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodserviceimpacting Foodservice’s Adjusted EBITDA increased by $43.9$233.2 million, or 4.0%8.7%, from fiscal 20162022 to fiscal 2017.2023. Operating expenses increased as a result of a prior year acquisition, a $122.4 million increase in personnel expenses primarily related to commissions, wages, and benefits, an increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable operational and selling expenses,fuel expense of $22.5 million primarily as well as costa result of living and other increases in compensation and benefits andan increase in costs associated with insurancefuel prices compared to the prior fiscal year, a $16.9 million increase in repairs and maintenance expense primarily related to workers’ compensation and vehicle liabilitytransportation equipment as the Company is waiting on replacement fleet compared to the prior fiscal year.

Depreciation of $5.9 million. These increases were partially offset by the extra week in fiscal 2016. The Company estimates that operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization were approximately $21.2 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2016.

Depreciationfixed assets and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreasedincreased from $63.2$260.0 million in fiscal 20162022 to $57.4$279.8 million in fiscal 2017, a decrease2023. Depreciation of 9.2%. These reductions werefixed assets and amortization of intangible assets increased in fiscal 2023 as a result of a decrease inprior year acquisition, which included accelerated amortization of certain customer relationships, and an increase in transportation equipment under finance leases, partially offset by fully amortized intangible assets since certain intangibles are now fully amortized.assets.

28


Segment Results—Vistar

Fiscal year ended July 2, 20161, 2023 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2015July 2, 2022

Net Sales

Net sales for Performance FoodserviceVistar increased $531.3$867.5 million, or 5.8%23.6%, from fiscal 20152022 to fiscal 2016. This2023. The increase in net sales was attributable to the 53rd weekdriven primarily by an increase in fiscal 2016,selling price per case as a result of inflation and channel mix, as well as case volume growth in cases sold. Net sales for the extra weekvending, office coffee service, office supply, theater, value stores, hospitality, and travel channels in fiscal 2016 were approximately $188.0 million. Case growth in fiscal 2016 was driven by securing new Street customers and further penetrating existing customers. Securing new and expanded business with Street customers resulted in Street sales growth of approximately 8.3% in fiscal 20162023 compared to the prior fiscal 2015. For the year, Street sales as a percentage of total segment sales were up approximately 100 bps, to 44.1%.year.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for Performance FoodserviceVistar increased $52.8$132.3 million, or 20.8%68.5%, from fiscal 20152022 to fiscal 2016. This2023. The increase was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization.expenses. Gross profit increased by 10.5%$172.0 million, or 28.0%, in fiscal 2016,2023 compared to the prior fiscal year, as a result of gross profit of approximately $28.3 million in the extra week in fiscal 2016 and an increase in cases sold, as well as an increase in the gross profit per case. The increase in gross profit per case was2022, driven by a favorable shift in the mix of cases sold, toward Street customersgrowth in cases sold, and Performance Brands,procurement related gains. Gross profit as well as by an increase in procurement gains. Street business has higher gross margins than Chain customers within this segment.a percentage of net sales increased from 16.7% for fiscal 2022 to 17.3% for fiscal 2023.

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodserviceimpacting Vistar’s Adjusted EBITDA increased by $79.2$40.1 million, or 7.8%9.5%, fromfor fiscal 20152023 compared to the prior fiscal 2016.year. Operating expenses increased primarily as a result of the extra week in fiscal 2016, an increase inincreased case volume described above, and the resulting impact on variable operational and selling expenses, as well as costincluding a $24.5 million increase in personnel expenses.

Depreciation of living and other increases in compensation. These increases were partially offset by leverage on our fixed costs, improved productivity in our warehouse and transportation operations, and a decrease in fuel expense. The Company estimates that operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization were approximately $21.2 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2016.

Depreciationassets and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $65.8$52.6 million in fiscal 20152022 to $63.2$42.1 million in fiscal 2016, a decrease of 4.0%. These reductions were a result of a decrease in amortization of2023 due to fully amortized intangible assets since certain intangibles were fully amortized.assets.

Segment Results—PFG CustomizedConvenience

Fiscal year ended July 1, 20172023 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 20162022

Net Sales

Net sales for PFG CustomizedConvenience increased $38.7 million,$3.5 billion, or 1.0%17.1%, from $20.6 billion for fiscal 20162022 to $24.1 billion for fiscal 2017.2023. Net sales related to cigarettes for fiscal 2023 was $14.9 billion, which includes $3.9 billion of excise taxes, compared to net sales of cigarettes of $13.2 billion, which includes $3.7 billion of excise taxes, for fiscal 2022. The increase in net sales for Convenience was driven primarily by the new business with Red Lobsteracquisition of Core-Mark in the first quarter of fiscal 2017,2022, case growth in food and foodservice related products and an increase in selling price per case as a result of inflation.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for Convenience increased $71.7 million, or 27.9%, from fiscal 2022 to fiscal 2023. This increase was a result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by the 53rd week in fiscal 2016. Net sales for the extra week in fiscal 2016 were approximately $70.2 million.

EBITDA

EBITDA for PFG Customized decreased $8.8 million, or 25.8%, from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in gross profit of $5.1 million, or 2.1%, and an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization.driven by the acquisition of Core-Mark. Gross profit contributing to Convenience’s Adjusted EBITDA increased $315.2 million, or 24.7%, for PFG Customized decreasedfiscal 2023 compared to the prior fiscal year as a result of the Core-Mark acquisition, procurement gains, and a favorable shift in product mix. Gross profit contributing to Convenience's Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales increased from 6.2% for fiscal 2022 to 6.6% for fiscal 2023.

Operating expenses impacting Convenience’s Adjusted EBITDA, increased $244.4 million, or 23.9%, for fiscal 2023 compared to the prior fiscal year. Operating expenses increased primarily as a result of the 53rd weekacquisition of Core-Mark and an increase in personnel expense in fiscal 2016 and planned exits of some customers to free up capacity for the addition of the new business with Red Lobster. The Company estimates that gross profit was approximately $4.4 million for the extra week in fiscal 2016. In the first quarter of fiscal 2017 we began providing distribution solutions to a portion of Red Lobster’s restaurants and completed the transition during the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $3.7 million, or 1.8%, in fiscal 2017,2023 compared to the prior year primarily driven by $5.2 million related to the closing of a facility in Georgia, partially offset by $3.8 million of expense in the 53rd week in fiscal 2016.year.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $15.4$125.7 million in fiscal 20162022 to $16.1$148.0 million in fiscal 2017, an increase2023. Depreciation of 4.5%. The increase wasfixed assets and amortization of intangible assets primarily increased as a result of the accelerated amortization of customer relationship intangible assets in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 due to volume declines for certain customers.Core-Mark acquisition.

29



Segment Results—Corporate & All Other

Fiscal year ended July 2, 20161, 2023 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2015July 2, 2022

Net Sales

Net sales for PFG CustomizedCorporate & All Other increased $29.2$173.9 million or 0.8%, from fiscal 20152022 to fiscal 2016.2023. The increase over this period was the result of approximately $70.2 million of net sales in the 53rd week in fiscal 2016. Excluding the estimated impact of the 53rd week in fiscal 2016, net sales would have decreased by an estimated $41.0 million, or 1.1%, from the prior year, driven by planned exits of some customers to free up capacity for the addition of new business with Red Lobster in fiscal 2017, as well as a decrease in case volume, which reflected trends among some customers in the casual dining channel.

EBITDA

EBITDA for PFG Customized decreased $2.4 million, or 6.6%, from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in gross profit of $1.9 million, or 0.8% and an increase in operating expenses, excluding depreciationservices provided to our other segments and amortization. Gross profita recent acquisition.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for PFG Customized decreased primarily asCorporate & All Other was a result of the planned decrease in case volume. The Company estimates that gross profit was approximately $4.4negative $234.3 million for the extra weekfiscal 2023 compared to a negative $216.8 million for fiscal 2022. This decline in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily driven by a $15.4 million increase in professional fees related to consulting, audit and information technology services and maintenance and a $14.1 million increase in personnel expenses, primarily related to salaries and annual bonus for fiscal 2016.

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $0.5 million, or 0.2% in fiscal 2016,2023 compared to the prior year primarily because of $3.8 million of expense in the 53rd week in fiscal 2016.

year.

Excluding the estimated impact of the 53rd week in fiscal 2016, operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization would have decreased by an estimated $3.3 million, or 1.6%, from the prior year, primarily because of lower case sales, productivity improvement, and a decrease in fuel expense, partially offset by an increase in transportation wages, an increase in costs associated with upgrading a portion of the segment’s fleet, and an increase in insurance expense.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $15.7was $26.8 million in fiscal 20152023 compared to $15.4$24.5 million in fiscal 2016, a decrease of 1.9%. The decrease was primarily a result of a decrease in amortization of intangible assets, since certain intangibles were fully amortized, partially offset by increases of depreciation in fixed assets.2022.

Segment Results—Vistar

Fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 2016

Net Sales

Net sales for Vistar increased $302.1 million, or 11.2%, from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017. This increase was driven by case sales growth in the segment’s retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels and recent acquisitions, partially offset by net sales of approximately $54.1 million in the 53rd week in fiscal 2016.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Vistar increased $7.8 million, or 6.9%, from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017. This increase in EBITDA was the result of gross profit dollar growth increasing faster than operating expense dollar growth, excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit dollar growth of $39.2 million, or 11.0% for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, was driven by an increase in the number of cases sold and recent acquisitions, partially offset by gross profit of approximately $7.0 million in the 53rd week in fiscal 2016.

Operating expense dollar growth, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased $30.8 million, or 12.7%, for fiscal 2017. Operating expenses increased primarily as a result of investments associated with expansion of geographies served in the dollar store channel, additional expenses related to recent acquisitions and an increase associated with the fourth quarter fiscal 2016 opening of our automated retail facility, partially offset by the 53rd week in fiscal 2016. The Company estimates that operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization were approximately $4.9 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2016.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $18.2 million in fiscal 2016 to $24.6 million in fiscal 2017, an increase of 35.2%. Amortization of intangible assets increased as a result of acquisitions over the past year. Depreciation of fixed assets increased as a result of capital outlays primarily related to fleet.

Fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2015

Net Sales

Net sales for Vistar increased $275.4 million, or 11.4%, from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016. This increase was driven by net sales of approximately $54.1 million in the 53rd week in fiscal 2016, as well as case sales growth in the segment’s retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels and recent acquisitions.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Vistar increased $7.5 million, or 7.1%, from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016. This increase in EBITDA was the result of gross profit dollar growth increasing faster than operating expense dollar growth,

excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit dollar growth of $29.6 million, or 9.1% for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015, was driven by gross profit of approximately $7.0 million in the 53rd week in fiscal 2016 and an increase in the number of cases sold. These benefits were partially offset by a shift toward higher cost to serve customers and by inflation-based inventory gains in the prior year.

Operating expense dollar growth, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased $22.1 million, or 10.0% for fiscal 2016. Operating expenses increased primarily as a result of the 53rd week in fiscal 2016, an increase in the number of cases sold, investments in additional sales force capacity and investments associated with expansion of geographies served in the dollar store channel and the opening of a new facility, partially offset by a decrease in fuel expense. The Company estimates that operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization were approximately $4.9 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2016.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $16.4 million in fiscal 2015 to $18.2 million in fiscal 2016, an increase of 11.0%. Depreciation of fixed assets increased as a result of capital outlays to support our growth, as well as recent acquisitions.

Segment Results—Corporate & All Other

Fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 2016

Net Sales

Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $127.3 million from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to recent acquisitions and an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments, partially offset by net sales of approximately $4.4 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2016.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Corporate & All Other was a negative $132.6 million for fiscal 2017 compared to a negative $137.1 million for fiscal 2016. The improvement in EBITDA was primarily driven by recent acquisitions and a $5.5 million decrease in other expenses related to derivative activity, partially offset by an increase in personnel expenses and a $0.8 million increase in professional and legal fees including settlements.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $21.8 million in fiscal 2016 to $28.0 million in fiscal 2017. The increase was primarily a result of amortization related to recent acquisitions.

Fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2015

Net Sales

Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $28.9 million from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to net sales of approximately $4.4 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2016 and an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Corporate & All Other was a negative $137.1 million for fiscal 2016 compared to a negative $92.6 million for fiscal 2015. The decrease in EBITDA was primarily driven by a $16.0 million increase in equity compensation expense and a $5.5 million increase in bonus expense, along with higher corporate overhead associated with personnel costs related to compensation and other personnel benefits of $10.5 million.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $23.4 million in fiscal 2015 to $21.8 million in fiscal 2016. The decrease was primarily a result of a decrease in amortization of intangible assets, since certain intangibles are now fully amortized.

Quarterly Results and Seasonality

Historically, the food-away-from-home and foodservice distribution industries are seasonal, with lower profit in the first and third quarters of each calendar year. Consequently, we typically experience lower operating profit during our first and third fiscal quarters, depending on the timing of acquisitions.

Financial information for each quarter of fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 is set forth below:

Fiscal Year Ended July 1, 2017

 

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

  Q1  Q2  Q3  Q4 

Net sales

  $4,046.1  $4,051.8  $4,235.0  $4,428.9 

Cost of goods sold

   3,534.8   3,534.6   3,713.6   3,854.0 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   511.3   517.2   521.4   574.9 

Operating expenses

   479.7   465.9   474.7   493.5 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

   31.6   51.3   46.7   81.4 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

     

Interest expense

   12.9   13.6   14.0   14.4 

Other, net

   (0.8  (0.5  (0.2  (0.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other expense, net

   12.1   13.1   13.8   14.3 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   19.5   38.2   32.9   67.1 

Income tax expense

   7.3   15.3   12.1   26.7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $12.2  $22.9  $20.8  $40.4 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

     

Basic

   99,950,484   100,112,604   100,277,231   100,605,626 

Diluted

   102,841,812   102,650,384   102,805,722   103,695,327 

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

  $0.12  $0.23  $0.21  $0.40 

Diluted

  $0.12  $0.22  $0.20  $0.39 

Fiscal Year Ended July 2, 2016

 

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

  Q1   Q2   Q3   Q4 

Net sales

  $3,928.9   $3,893.9   $3,909.1   $4,372.9 

Cost of goods sold

   3,447.8    3,407.1    3,428.3    3,811.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   481.1    486.8    480.8    561.3 

Operating expenses

   437.1    433.0    443.2    494.5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   44.0    53.8    37.6    66.8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

        

Interest expense

   21.0    23.3    21.6    18.0 

Other, net

   2.2    1.0    0.5    0.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

   23.2    24.3    22.1    18.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   20.8    29.5    15.5    48.7 

Income tax expense

   8.6    12.0    6.1    19.5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $12.2   $17.5   $9.4   $29.2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

        

Basic

   86,885,548    99,107,828    99,698,267    99,833,658 

Diluted

   87,653,160    100,367,528    101,360,286    101,839,515 

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

  $0.14   $0.18   $0.09   $0.29 

Diluted

  $0.14   $0.17   $0.09   $0.29 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have historically financed our operations and growth primarily with cash flows from operations, borrowings under our credit facilities,facility, operating and capitalfinance leases, and normal trade credit terms. We have typically funded our acquisitions with additional borrowings under our credit facilities.facility. Our working capital and borrowing levels are subject to seasonal fluctuations, typically with the lowest borrowing levels in the third and fourth fiscal quarters and the highest borrowing levels occurring in the first and second fiscal quarters. We believe that our cash flows from operations and available borrowing capacity will be sufficient both to meet our anticipated cash requirements over at least the next twelve months and to maintain sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes.

At July 1, 2017, our cash balance totaled $8.1 million, while our cash balance totaled $10.9 million at July 2, 2016. This decrease in cash during fiscal 2017 was attributable to net cash used in investing activities of $332.0 million, partially offset by net cash provided by operating activities of $201.7 million and financing activities of $127.5 million. We borrow under our Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”)credit facility or pay it down regularly based on our cash flows from operating and investing activities. Our practice is to minimize interest expense while maintaining reasonable liquidity.

As market conditions warrant, we and our major stockholders, including Wellspring, may from time to time depending upon market conditions, seek to repurchase our securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Any such repurchases may be funded by incurring new debt, including additional borrowings under our credit facility. In addition, depending on conditions in the credit and capital markets and other factors, we will, from time to time, consider other financing transactions, the proceeds of which could be used to refinance our indebtedness, make investments or acquisitions or for other purposes. Any new debt may be secured debt.

On October 6, 2015, we completedNovember 16, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program for up to $300 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This authorization replaced the previously authorized $250 million share repurchase program. The new share repurchase program has an expiration date of November 16, 2026 and may be amended, suspended, or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion, subject to compliance with applicable laws. Repurchases under this program depend upon marketplace conditions and other factors, including compliance with the covenants in the agreements governing our initial public offering (“IPO”) of 16,675,000existing indebtedness. During fiscal 2023, the Company repurchased 0.3 million shares of the Company's common stock for an offering pricea total of $19.00 per$11.2 million. As of July 1, 2023, $288.8 million remained available for share ($17.955 per share netrepurchases.

Our cash requirements over the next 12 months and beyond relate to our long-term debt and associated interest payments, operating and finance leases, and purchase obligations. For information regarding the Company’s expected cash requirements related to long-term debt and operating and finance leases, see Note 8. Debt and Note 12. Leases, respectively, within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. As of underwriting discounts),July 1, 2023, the Company had total purchase obligations of $163.4 million, which includes agreements for purchases related to capital projects and services in the normal course of business, for which all significant terms have been confirmed, as well as a minimum amount due for various Company meetings and conferences. Purchase obligations also include amounts committed to various capital projects in process or scheduled to be completed in the coming fiscal years. As of July 1, 2023, the Company had commitments of $109.8 million for capital projects related to warehouse expansion and improvements and warehouse equipment. The Company anticipates using cash flows from operations or borrowings under our credit agreement to fulfill these commitments. Amounts due under these agreements were not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of July 1, 2023.

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

30


We believe that our cash flows from operations and available borrowing capacity will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements over the next 12 months and beyond, to maintain sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes, and to fund capital expenditures.

At July 1, 2023, our cash balance totaled $20.0 million, including restricted cash of $7.3 million, as compared to a cash balance totaling $18.7 million, including restricted cash of $7.1 million, at July 2, 2022.

Operating Activities

Fiscal year ended July 1, 2023 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 2022

During fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, our operating activities provided cash flow of $832.1 million and $276.5 million, respectively. The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022 was largely driven by higher operating income and less cash used to fund working capital in fiscal 2023. Toward the exercise in full byend of fiscal 2022, the underwritersCompany made advanced purchases of their option$220.3 million of tobacco related inventory to purchase additional shares. We sold an aggregatetake advantage of 12,777,325 sharespreferred pricing and as a result of such common stock and certain selling stockholders sold 3,897,675 shares. The aggregate offering priceone of the amount of newly issued common stock was $242.8 million. In connection with the offering, we paid the underwriters a discount of $1.045 per share,Company's cigarette suppliers shutting down for a total underwriting discount of $13.4 million. In addition, we incurred direct offering expenses consisting of legal, accounting, and printing costs of $5.8system conversion.

Investing Activities

Fiscal year ended July 1, 2023 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 2022

Cash used in investing activities totaled $294.6 million in connectionfiscal 2023 compared to $1,861.5 million in fiscal 2022 . These investments consisted primarily of net cash paid for recent acquisitions of $63.8 million and $1,650.5 million for fiscal years 2023 and 2022 , respectively, along with capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment of $269.7 million and $215.5 million for fiscal years 2023 and 2022, respectively. In fiscal 2023, purchases of property, plant, and equipment primarily consisted of outlays for warehouse expansion and improvements, warehouse equipment, transportation equipment, and information technology. The following table presents the IPO,capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment by segment.

 

 

Fiscal year ended

(Dollars in millions)

 

July 1, 2023

 

July 2, 2022

 

July 3, 2021

Foodservice

 

$191.4

 

$148.2

 

$99.9

Vistar

 

18.0

 

19.1

 

48.0

Convenience

 

46.3

 

31.9

 

26.5

Corporate & All Other

 

14.0

 

16.3

 

14.4

Total capital purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

$269.7

 

$215.5

 

$188.8

Financing Activities

During fiscal 2023, our financing activities used cash flow of $536.2 million, which $3.0consisted primarily of $454.4 million was paid duringin net payments under our credit agreement.

During fiscal 2016. We used the net offering proceeds to us after deducting the underwriting discount and2022, our direct offering expenses to repay $223.0financing activities provided cash flow of $1,581.5 million, aggregate principal amountwhich consisted primarily of indebtedness under a Credit Agreement providing for a term loan facility (the “Term Facility”). We used the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

On February 1, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. amended and restated the ABL Facility to increase the aggregate principal amount from $1.4$1.0 billion to $1.6 billion, lower interest rates for LIBOR based loans, extend the maturity from May 2017 to February 2021, and modify triggers and provisions related to certain reporting, financial, and negative covenants. The total size of the facility immediately increased the effective borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility since borrowing base assets exceeded the facility size prior to the amendment. Approximately $6.8 million of fees and expenses have been incurred for the amendment, which were included as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the remaining term of the ABL Facility. Of this amount, $6.6 million was paid during fiscal 2016. In connection with the closing of this amendment, Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Loan Facility.

On May 17, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2016, that is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The proceedsin cash received from the Notes were used to pay in full the remaining outstanding $306.4 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Facilityissuance and to terminate the Term Facility; to temporarily repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility; and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the

Notes. Approximately $7.2 million of fees and expenses were incurred and paid during fiscal 2016 in connection with the Notes. Of the amount of fees incurred, $2.5 was included as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the remaining termsale of the Notes $2.1due 2029 and $1,019.7 million was included in loss on extinguishment of debt within interest expense related tonet borrowings under our credit agreement, partially offset by $350.0 million in cash used for the portionrepayment of the Term Facility repayment deemed an extinguishment, and $2.6 million was recorded to Operating expenses for the portionNotes due 2024.

The following describes our financing arrangements as of July 1, 2023:

Credit Agreement: On April 17, 2023, PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Term Facility deemed a modification.

On August 3, 2017, PFGC, Inc.Company, and Performance Food Group, Inc., each a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,PFGC, entered into the First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to Secondthe existing Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”“ABL Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other lenders party thereto which(as amended by the First Amendment, the “Amended ABL Facility.Facility”). The Amendment amended theAmended ABL Facility by, among other things, (i) increasing the aggregate principal amount under the ABL Facility from $1.6 billion to $1.95 billion by increasing Tranche A Commitments by $325.0 million and theTranche A-1 Commitments by $25.0 million and (ii) maintaining the level of additional commitments permitted, excluding the additional commitments effected pursuant to the Amendment, at $800.0 million under uncommitted incremental facilities.

Operating Activities

Fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 compared to fiscal year ended July 2, 2016

During fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, our operating activities provided cash flow of $201.7 million and $235.8 million, respectively.

Fiscal 2016 cash flows provided by operating activities included a $25.0 millionbreak-up fee payment received related to the terminated agreement to acquire 11 US Foods facilities from Sysco and US Foods. Excluding this fee, cash flows provided by operating activities during fiscal 2016 were $210.8 million. The remaining $9.1 million decrease, excluding thebreak-up fee payment, in cash flows provided by operating activities for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was largely driven by an increase in our net working capital investment, partially offset by lower cash income tax payments as a result of timing of the payments and lower cash interest payments as a result of debt pay down associated with the IPO and subsequent refinancings, as well as changes in the timing of payments. Our net working capital, which includes accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits, fluctuates with our sales growth.

Fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2015

During fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, our operating activities provided cash flow of $235.8 million and $127.4 million, respectively.

The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was largely driven by lower net working capital investment. Our net working capital, which includes accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits, fluctuates with our sales growth.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities totaled $332.0 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $157.6 million in fiscal 2016 and $100.7 million in fiscal 2015. These investments consisted primarily of capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment of $140.2 million, $119.7 million and $98.6 million for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and payments for business acquisitions of $192.9 million, $39.0 million and $0.4 million for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In fiscal 2017, purchases of property, plant, and equipment primarily consisted of equipment, transportation and information technology, as well as outlays for warehouse expansions and improvements.

The following table presents the capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment by segment:

   Fiscal Year Ended 

(Dollars in millions)

  July 1, 2017   July 2, 2016   June 27, 2015 

Performance Foodservice

  $91.6   $67.5   $41.8 

PFG Customized

   9.5    8.2    7.8 

Vistar

   6.4    13.4    14.5 

Corporate & All Other

   32.7    30.6    34.5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital purchases of property, plant and equipment

  $140.2   $119.7   $98.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of July 1, 2017, the Company had commitments of $10.7 million for capital projects related to warehouse expansion and improvements. The Company anticipates using borrowings from the ABL Facility and lease financing to fulfill these commitments.

Financing Activities

During fiscal 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $127.5 million, which consisted primarily of $134.9 million in net borrowings under our ABL Facility.

During fiscal 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $76.5 million, which consisted primarily of payments of $736.9 million on our Term Loan Facility, partially offset by $350.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of Notes, $226.4 million in net proceeds from our initial public offering and $99.3 million in net proceeds under our ABL Facility.

During fiscal 2015, our financing activities used cash flow of $22.8 million, which consisted primarily of $13.9 million in net payments on our ABL Facility, $7.5 million in payments on our Term Loan Facility, and $3.1 million in payments on our capital and finance lease obligations, partially offset by $3.5 million in proceeds from our sale-leaseback transaction.

The following describes our financing arrangements as of July 1, 2017:

ABL Facility: PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is a party to the ABL Facility. As of July 1, 2017, the ABL Facility hadhas an aggregate principal amount available of $1.6$4.0 billion and matures February 2021. As discussed above, the ABL Facility was amended on August 3, 2017 and the aggregate principal amount was increased to $1.95 billion. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. September 17, 2026.

Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the Amended ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by, and secured by the majority of the assets of, PFGC and all material domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than the captive insurance subsidiariessubsidiary and other excluded subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the Amended ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation

31


equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.

BorrowingsPrior to the First Amendment, borrowings under the ABL Facility bearbore interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread, or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provided for an unused commitment fee rate of 0.25% per annum.

The First Amendment, among other things, transitioned the benchmark interest rate for borrowings under the Amended ABL Facility from LIBOR to the term secured overnight funding rate (“SOFR”). As a result of the First Amendment, borrowings under the Amended ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greatest of (i) a floor rate of 0.00%, (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (iii) the prime rate on such day, or (iv) one month Term SOFR (as defined in the Amended ABL Facility) plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) Adjusted Term SOFR (as defined in the Amended ABL Facility) plus a spread. The Amended ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%.

at a rate of 0.250% per annum.

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:credit agreement in place as of the applicable date:

(Dollars in millions)

  As of
July 1, 2017
 As of
July 2, 2016
 

 

As of July 1, 2023

 

 

As of July 2, 2022

 

Aggregate borrowings

  $899.9  $765.0 

 

$

1,154.0

 

 

$

1,608.4

 

Letters of credit

   105.5  97.7 

 

 

172.2

 

 

 

190.5

 

Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $11.2 and $20.9

   594.6  725.5 

Average interest rate

   2.59 1.87

Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $99.7 and $104.4

 

 

2,673.8

 

 

 

2,201.1

 

Average interest rate, excluding impact of interest rate swaps

 

 

6.35

%

 

 

2.89

%

The Amended ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $130.0$320.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days. The Amended ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s abilitythe loan parties’ and their subsidiaries’ abilities to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The Amended ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreementthe Amended ABL Facility may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement. The Amendment to the ABL Facility also amended certain covenants to require the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $160.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days.

Senior Notes:Notes due 2025: On May 17, 2016,April 24, 2020, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $350.0$275.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500%6.875% Senior Notes due 20242025 (the “Notes”“Notes due 2025”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2016.. The Notes due 2025 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2025 are not guaranteed by Performance Food Groupthe Company.

The proceeds from the Notes due 2025 were used to pay in full the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of the loans under the Company’s term loan facilityfor working capital and to terminate the facility; to temporarily repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility;general corporate purposes and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes.Notes due 2025.

The Notes due 2025 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2025 mature on JuneMay 1, 20242025, and bear interest at a rate of 5.500%6.875% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2025 will have the right to require Performance Food Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2025 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of the Notes at any time prior to June 1, 2019due 2025 at a redemption price equal to 101.719% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption price decreases to 100% of the principal amount redeemed on May 1, 2024.

The indenture governing the Notes due 2025 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications.

32


The Notes due 2025 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes due 2025 to become or be declared due and payable.

Senior Notes due 2027: On September 27, 2019, PFG Escrow Corporation (the “Escrow Issuer”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, issued and sold $1,060.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Notes due 2027”). The Notes due 2027 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2027 are not guaranteed by the Company.

The proceeds from the Notes due 2027 along with an offering of shares of the Company’s common stock and borrowings under the prior credit agreement, were used to fund the cash consideration for the acquisition of Reinhart Foodservice, L.L.C. (“Reinhart”) and to pay related fees and expenses.

The Notes due 2027 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2027 mature on October 15, 2027 and bear interest at a rate of 5.500% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes being redeemeddue 2027 will have the right to require Performance Food Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2027 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on June 1, 2019,interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of the Notes due 2027 at a redemption price equal to 102.750% of the principal amount redeemed. The redemption price decreases to 101.325%redeemed, plus accrued and 100.000% of the principal amount redeemedunpaid interest. Beginning on June 1, 2020 and June 1, 2021, respectively. In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2019,October 15, 2023, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40%all or part of the Notes from the proceeds of certain equity offeringsdue 2027 at a redemption price equal to 105.500%101.375% of the principal amount thereof,redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The redemption price decreases to100% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest on October 15, 2024.

The indenture governing the Notes due 2027 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGCPFGC’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. The Notes due 2027 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes due 2027 to become or be declared due and payable.

Interest expense related toSenior Notes due 2029: On July 26, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.250% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes due 2029”). The Notes due 2029 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2029 are not guaranteed by the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount forCompany.

The proceeds from the Notes wasdue 2029 were used to pay down the outstanding balance of the prior credit agreement, to redeem the $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (“Notes due 2024”), and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2029.

The Notes due 2029 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2029 mature on August 1, 2029 and bear interest at a rate of 4.250% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as follows:required, the holders of the Notes due 2029 will have the right to require Performance Food Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2029 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or part of the Notes due 2029 at any time prior to August 1, 2024, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes due 2029 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or part of the Notes due 2029 at a redemption price equal to 102.125% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption price decreases to 101.163% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on August 1, 2025, and August 1, 2026, respectively. In addition, at any time prior to August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes due 2029 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the Notes due 2029 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other

(In millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
   Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
 

Deferred financing costs amortization

  $0.8   $0.1 

Original issue discount amortization

   0.1    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization included in interest expense

  $0.9   $0.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

33


distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. The Notes due 2029 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes due 2029 to become or be declared due and payable.

The Amended ABL Facility and the indentureindentures governing the Notes due 2025, the Notes due 2027, and the Notes due 2029 contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $236.0$2,007.7 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of July 1, 2017.2023. Such minimum estimated restricted payment capacity is calculated based on the most restrictive of our debt agreements and may fluctuate from period to period, which fluctuations may be material. Our restricted payment capacity under other debt instruments to which the Company is subject may be materially higher than the foregoing estimate.

As of July 1, 2017, we were2023, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the Amended ABL Facility and Notes.

Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note. In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal isthe indentures governing the Notes due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately2025, the Notes due and payable upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal2027, and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, interest expense each year included $0.4 million related to this amortization. As of July 1, 2017, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.8 million.Notes due 2029.

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table sets forth our significant contractual cash obligations as of July 1, 2017. The years below represent our fiscal years.

(Dollars in millions)

  Payments Due by Period 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   More than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt

  $1,255.9   $6.0   $—     $899.9   $350.0 

Capital and finance lease obligations(1)

   71.2    9.5    15.9    12.8    33.0 

Property, plant, and equipment, financed

   0.5    0.5    —      —      —   

Unrecognized tax benefits and interest(2)

   1.4    0.1    —      —      —   

Interest payments related to long-term debt(3)

   221.8    43.9    87.7    53.3    36.9 

Long-term operating leases

   438.4    91.2    154.9    95.1    97.2 

Purchase obligations(4)

   15.9    13.5    2.4    —      —   

Multiemployer pension plan(5)

   5.4    0.3    0.7    0.7    3.7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

  $2,010.5   $165.0   $261.6   $1,061.8   $520.8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The amounts reflected in the table include the interest component of the lease payments.
(2)Includes unrecognized tax benefits under accounting standards related to uncertain tax positions. As of July 1, 2017, we had a liability of $1.3 million for unrecognized tax benefits for all tax jurisdictions and less than $0.1 million for related interest that could result in cash payments. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments of the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time. Accordingly, we only reflected the balances we could reasonably estimate in the “Payments Due by Period” section of the table.
(3)Includes payments on our floating rate debt based on rates as of July 1, 2017, assuming the amount remains unchanged until maturity. The impact of our outstandingfloating-to-fixed interest rate swap on the floating rate debt interest payments is included as well based on the floating rates in effect as of July 1, 2017.
(4)For purposes of this table, purchase obligations include agreements for purchases related to capital projects and services in the normal course of business, for which all significant terms have been confirmed. The amounts included above are based on estimates. Purchase obligations also include amounts committed to various capital projects in process or scheduled to be completed in the coming year, as well a minimum amounts due for various Company meetings and conferences.
(5)Represents the voluntary withdrawal liability recorded related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States Pension Fund”) and excludes normal contributions required under our collective bargaining agreements. See Note 15Commitments and Contingencies to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for further discussion.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have anyoff-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Total Assets by Segment

Total assets by segment discussed below exclude intercompany receivables between segments.

Total assets for Performance Foodservice increased $196.1$56.3 million from $1,965.1$6,455.3 million as of July 2, 20162022 to $2,161.2$6,511.6 million as of July 1, 2017.2023. During this time period, this segment increased its property, plant, and equipment accounts receivable, inventory, goodwill and intangible assets.

Totaloperating lease right-of-use assets, for PFG Customized increased $40.9 million from $626.2 million as of July 2, 2016 to $667.1 million as of July 1, 2017. During this time period, this segment increased its inventory and accounts receivable which was partially offset by a decrease in intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.assets.

Total assets for Vistar increased $18.3$159.0 million from $636.2$1,133.7 million as of July 2, 20162022 to $654.5$1,292.7 million as of July 1, 2017.2023. During this timeperiod, Vistar increased its inventory and accounts receivable.

Total assets for Convenience decreased $185.4 million from $4,411.6 million as of July 2, 2022 to $4,226.2 million as of July 1, 2023. During this period, this segment decreased its inventory and intangible assets.

Total assets for Corporate & All Other increased $91.1 million from $377.4 million as of July 2, 2022 to $468.5 million as of July 1, 2023. During this period, Corporate & All Other primarily increased its inventory, property, plant, and equipment, and intangible assets which was partially offset bydue to a decrease in accounts receivable.recent immaterial acquisition.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that are most important to portraying our financial position and results of operations. These policies require our most subjective or complex judgments, often employing the use of estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates include those that pertain to the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory valuation, insurance programs, income taxes, vendor rebates and promotional incentives, and acquisitions, goodwill and other intangible assets.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Accounts receivable also includes other receivables primarily related to various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. We regularly analyze our significant customer accounts, and when we become aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as a bankruptcy filingfilings or a deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position, we record a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount we reasonably believe is collectible. We also record reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.

34


Inventory Valuation

Our inventories consist primarily of food andnon-food products. We primarily valueThe Company values inventories at the lower of cost or marketnet realizable value using thefirst-in,first-out (“FIFO”) method. FIFO was used for approximately 91% of total inventories at July 1, 2017. The remainder of the inventory was valued using themethod and last-in,first-out (“LIFO” ("LIFO") method using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. FIFO was used for approximately 63% of total inventories at July 1, 2023. We adjust our inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions.

Insurance Programs

We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance. We accrue our estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are primarily collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.

Income Taxes

We follow FASB ASCFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-10,Income Taxes—Overall, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards,carryforwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closingclosings of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate. Income tax calculations are based on the tax laws enacted as of the date of the financial statements.

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives

We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers, either unilaterally or in combination with purchasing cooperatives and other procurement partners, that consist primarily of volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these

incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of costsoperating expenses incurred by us. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates, annual incentives, and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. We systematically and rationally allocate the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, we record the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. We record annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. We use current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of our operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds our marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. We follow the requirements of FASB ASC605-50-25-10,Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Recognition—Customer’s Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendorand ASC605-50-45-16,Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Other Presentation Matters—Reseller’s Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers.

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. Our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology,non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleventwelve years. Annually, or when certain triggering events occur, the Company assesses the useful lives of its intangibles with definite lives. Certain assumptions, estimates, and

35


judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, we may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for the valuation of significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but that are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, whichthat could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

We are required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy our products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization.

We apply the guidance in FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU)(“ASU”) 2011-08“Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis forimpairmentforimpairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for our goodwill impairment test, we are required to make assumptions and judgments, including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to our business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of

our reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators arepresentarepresent after performing step zero, we would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.

During fiscal 20172023 and fiscal 2016,2022, we performed the step zero analysis for our goodwill impairment test. As a result of our step zero analysis,test and no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016. There were no impairmentsthe Company's reporting units within its reportable segments. Based on the Company's assessment, there was an immaterial impairment of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite livesrelated to reporting units within the Corporate & All Other segment for fiscal 2017 and2023. No impairments were recorded in fiscal 2016.2022 or fiscal 2021.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company participates in the Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) and the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”) and follows the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC718-10-25,Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall—Recognition. This guidance requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements. The Company recognizes expense for its stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted. The Company estimates the fair value of service-based options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair values of service-based restricted stock, restricted stock with performance conditions and restricted stock units are based on the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. With the assistance of an unrelated specialist, the Company estimates the fair value of options and restricted stock with market conditions using a Monte Carlo simulation. Compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. For those options and shares of restricted stock that have a performance condition, compensation expense is based upon the number of options or shares, as applicable, expected to vest after assessing the probability that the performance criteria will be met. The Company has made a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur.

The Company estimates that the possible future compensation expense for awards under the 2007 Option Plan with performance and market conditions is approximately $52.0 million, of which $15.3 million has been recognized through fiscal 2017 and approximately $10.2 million will be recognized within the next two years. The remaining $26.5 million of compensation expense will be recognized when the Company concludes that it is probable that certain performance conditions will be met.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 33. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and expected effects on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

All of our market sensitive instruments are entered into for purposes other than trading.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to changes in interest rates for borrowings under our Amended ABL Facility. Although we hedge a portion of our interest rate risk through interest rate swaps, any borrowings under our Amended ABL Facility in excess of the notional amount of the swaps will be subject to variable interest rates.

As of July 1, 2017,2023, our subsidiary, Performance Food Group, Inc., had seventwo interest rate swaps with a combined value of $550.0$450.0 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. See Note 99. Derivatives and Hedging Activities within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 for further discussion of these interest rate swaps.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges isare recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction impacts earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as hedged interest payments are made on our variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months, we estimate that gains of less than $0.1approximately $15.3 million will be reclassified as aan decrease to interest expense.

Based on the fair values of these interest rate swaps as of July 1, 2017,2023, a hypothetical 100 bps decrease in LIBORSOFR would result in a loss of $11.7$7.1 million and a hypothetical 100 bps increase in LIBORSOFR would result in a gain of $11.3$6.9 million within accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss).income.

Assuming an average daily balance on our Amended ABL Facility of approximately $1.0$1.2 billion, approximately $400.0$350.0 million of our outstanding long-term debt is fixed through interest rate swap agreements over the next twelve12 months and approximately $600.0 million$0.8

36


billion represents variable-rate debt. A hypothetical 100 bps increase in LIBORSOFR on our variable-rate debt would lead to an increase of approximately $6.0$8.0 million in annual cash interest expense.

Fuel Price Risk

We seek to minimize the effect of higher diesel fuel costs both by reducing fuel usage and by taking action to offset higher fuel prices. We reduce usage by designing more efficient truck routes and by increasing miles per gallon throughon-board computers that monitor and adjust idling time and maximum speeds and through other technologies. In our PFG Customized segment, we have limited exposure to fuel costs since our sales contracts often transfer fuel price volatility to our customers. In our Performance Foodservice and Vistar segments, weWe seek to manage fuel prices through diesel fuel surcharges to our customers and through the use of costless collars.collars or swap arrangements.

As of July 1, 2017,2023, we had collars in place for approximately 17%27% of the gallons we expect to use over the twelve months following July 1, 2017. These fuel collars do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment for reasons discussed in Note 9.Derivatives and Hedging Activities within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8. Therefore, these collars are recorded at fair value as either an asset or liability on the balance sheet.2023. Any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of the change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in expected diesel fuel prices would result in aan immaterial gain or loss of $0.4 million and a 10% hypothetical increase in expected diesel fuel prices would result in a gain of $0.4 million for these derivative instruments.

Our fuel purchases occur at market prices. Using published market price projections for diesel and estimates of fuel consumption, a 10% hypothetical increase in diesel prices from the market price would result in a potential increase of approximately $9.4$28.1 million in fuel costs included in Operating expenses. As discussed above, this increase in fuel costs would be partially offset by fuel surcharges passed through to our customers.

37


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 20162022 and for the fiscal years

ended July 1, 2017,2023, July 2, 20162022, and June 27, 2015July 3, 2021

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (PCAOB ID No. 34)

57

39

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements (PCAOB ID No. 34)

58

40

Consolidated Balance Sheets

59

42

Consolidated Statements of Operations

60

43

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

61

44

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

62

45

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

63

46

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

65

48

Schedule 1—Registrant’s Condensed Financial Statements

99

76

38


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TheTo the shareholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Performance Food Group Company

12500 West Creek ParkwayOpinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Richmond, Virginia 23238

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of July 2, 2017,1, 2023, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended July 1 2023, of the Company and our report dated August 16, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s ReportAnnual report on Internal Controlinternal control over Financial Reporting.financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of theits inherent limitations, of internal control over financial reporting including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be preventedprevent or detected on a timely basis.detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Richmond, Virginia

August 16, 2023

39


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Performance Food Group Company

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of July 1, 2023 and July 2, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows, for the fiscal year ended July 1 , 2023, July 2, 2022, and July 3, 2021, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 8 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the Company maintained,financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, effective internal control overthe financial reportingposition of the Company as of July 1, 2017, based on2023, July 2, 2022, and July 3, 2021 and the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committeeresults of Sponsoring Organizationsits operations and its cash flows for each of the Treadway Commission.fiscal years ended July 1, 2023, July 2, 2022, and July 3, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidatedCompany's internal control over financial statements and financial statement schedulereporting as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, and for each2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the three years in the periods in July 1, 2017, July 2, 2016 and June 27, 2015, of the CompanyTreadway Commission and our report dated August 25, 201716, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on thosethe Company's internal control over financial statements and financial statement schedule.reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLPBasis for Opinion

Richmond, Virginia

August 25, 2017

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Performance Food Group Company

12500 West Creek Parkway

Richmond, Virginia 23238

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the periods ended July 1, 2017, July 2, 2016 and June 27, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An auditOur audits also includes assessingincluded evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

InCritical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,on the financial position of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the periods ended July 1, 2017, July 2, 2016 and June 27, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects,and we are not, by communicating the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated August 25, 2017 expressed an unqualifiedcritical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the Company’s internal controlcritical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives – Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company receives various rebate and promotional incentives from its suppliers, which include volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company towards earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over financial reporting.the agreement period as stipulated in individual contracts. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved.

Auditing vendor rebates and other promotional incentives involved especially challenging judgment due to the volume of individual transactions, complexities in complying with the terms of the vendor agreements and the estimates involved, which increased the extent of audit effort required.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to vendor rebates and other promotional incentives included the following, among others:

We tested the effectiveness of the controls over vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, including controls over the completeness and accuracy of the programs and related purchasing data.

40


We selected a sample of recorded vendor incentives and (1) sent confirmations directly to vendors to confirm the incentive amount and the terms of the executed agreement (2) tested for subsequent cash collections and (3) recalculated the incentive amount using the terms of the executed vendor agreement.
We obtained an understanding of the types of vendor rebates and other promotional incentives the Company receives, and the Company's accounting policies related to these incentives. Based on that understanding, we performed substantive analytical procedures by developing an independent estimate for each type of incentive and compared our estimate to the amount recorded by management.
We selected a sample of upward and downward adjustments made throughout the year for previously recorded vendor rebates and other promotional incentives to assess management’s initial estimates. For the selected adjustments, we assessed the size and nature of adjustments, compared the balance to prior years to evaluate historical consistency and considered the direction of the adjustments to evaluate management bias.
We performed a monthly margin analysis whereby we compared margins generated in prior periods to identify anomalies in margin. We investigated significant variances from the same periods in prior years.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Richmond, Virginia

August 25, 2017

16, 2023

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.

41


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in millions, except share and per share data)

  As of July 1, 2017   As of July 2, 2016 

(In millions, except per share data)

 

As of
July 1, 2023

 

 

As of
July 2, 2022

 

ASSETS

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

  $8.1   $10.9 

 

$

12.7

 

 

$

11.6

 

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $17.0 and $16.3

   1,028.5    968.2 

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $56.3 and $54.2

 

 

2,399.3

 

 

 

2,307.4

 

Inventories, net

   1,013.3    919.7 

 

 

3,390.0

 

 

 

3,428.6

 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

41.7

 

 

 

34.0

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   35.0    40.1 

 

 

227.8

 

 

 

240.4

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total current assets

   2,084.9    1,938.9 

 

 

6,071.5

 

 

 

6,022.0

 

Goodwill

   718.6    674.0 

 

 

2,301.0

 

 

 

2,279.2

 

Other intangible assets, net

   201.1    149.3 

 

 

1,028.4

 

 

 

1,195.6

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   740.7    637.0 

 

 

2,264.0

 

 

 

2,134.5

 

Restricted cash

   12.9    12.9 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

703.6

 

 

 

623.4

 

Other assets

   45.9    43.3 

 

 

130.5

 

 

 

123.3

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total assets

  $3,804.1   $3,455.4 

 

$

12,499.0

 

 

$

12,378.0

 

  

 

   

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding checks in excess of deposits

  $218.2   $159.6 

Trade accounts payable

   907.1    918.0 

Accrued expenses

   246.0    231.4 

Long-term debt—current installments

   5.8    —   

Capital and finance lease obligations—current installments

   5.9    2.4 

Derivative liabilities

   0.3    5.3 
  

 

   

 

 

Trade accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits

 

 

2,453.5

 

 

 

2,559.5

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

891.5

 

 

 

882.6

 

Finance lease obligations—current installments

 

 

102.6

 

 

 

79.9

 

Operating lease obligations—current installments

 

 

105.5

 

 

 

111.0

 

Total current liabilities

   1,383.3    1,316.7 

 

 

3,553.1

 

 

 

3,633.0

 

Long-term debt

   1,241.9    1,111.6 

 

 

3,460.1

 

 

 

3,908.8

 

Deferred income tax liability, net

   103.0    81.1 

 

 

446.2

 

 

 

424.3

 

Capital and finance lease obligations, excluding current installments

   44.0    31.5 

Finance lease obligations, excluding current installments

 

 

447.3

 

 

 

366.7

 

Operating lease obligations, excluding current installments

 

 

628.9

 

 

 

530.8

 

Other long-term liabilities

   106.4    111.7 

 

 

217.9

 

 

 

214.9

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

   2,878.6    2,652.6 

 

 

8,753.5

 

 

 

9,078.5

 

  

 

   

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 100,805,993 shares issued and outstanding as of July 1, 2017; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 99,901,288 shares issued and outstanding as of July 2, 2016

   1.0    1.0 

Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share, 1.0 billion shares authorized, 154.5 million shares issued and outstanding as of July 1, 2023;
153.6 million shares issued and outstanding as of July 2, 2022

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.5

 

Additionalpaid-in capital

   855.5    836.8 

 

 

2,863.0

 

 

 

2,816.8

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (expense) benefit of ($1.5) and $3.6

   2.4    (5.8

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

   66.6    (29.2
  

 

   

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $4.9 and $3.8

 

 

14.0

 

 

 

11.4

 

Retained earnings

 

 

867.0

 

 

 

469.8

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   925.5    802.8 

 

 

3,745.5

 

 

 

3,299.5

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $3,804.1   $3,455.4 

 

$

12,499.0

 

 

$

12,378.0

 

  

 

   

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited

consolidated financial statements.

42


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions, except per share data)

 

Fiscal year ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 3, 2021

 

Net sales

 

$

57,254.7

 

 

$

50,894.1

 

 

$

30,398.9

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

50,999.8

 

 

 

45,637.7

 

 

 

26,873.7

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,254.9

 

 

 

5,256.4

 

 

 

3,525.2

 

Operating expenses

 

 

5,489.1

 

 

 

4,929.0

 

 

 

3,324.5

 

Operating profit

 

 

765.8

 

 

 

327.4

 

 

 

200.7

 

Other expense, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

218.0

 

 

 

182.9

 

 

 

152.4

 

Other, net

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

(22.6

)

 

 

(6.4

)

Other expense, net

 

 

221.8

 

 

 

160.3

 

 

 

146.0

 

Income before taxes

 

 

544.0

 

 

 

167.1

 

 

 

54.7

 

Income tax expense

 

 

146.8

 

 

 

54.6

 

 

 

14.0

 

Net income

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

112.5

 

 

$

40.7

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

154.2

 

 

 

149.8

 

 

 

132.1

 

Diluted

 

 

156.1

 

 

 

151.3

 

 

 

133.4

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

2.58

 

 

$

0.75

 

 

$

0.31

 

Diluted

 

$

2.54

 

 

$

0.74

 

 

$

0.30

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited

consolidated financial statements.

43


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in millions)

 

Fiscal Year Ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended
July 3, 2021

 

Net income

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

112.5

 

 

$

40.7

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value, net of tax

 

 

11.5

 

 

 

14.3

 

 

 

1.8

 

Reclassification adjustment, net of tax

 

 

(8.1

)

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

3.2

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

16.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

399.8

 

 

$

129.2

 

 

$

45.7

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited

consolidated financial statements.

44


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Accumulated
Other

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Retained

 

 

Shareholders’

 

(In millions)

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

(Loss) Income

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Equity

 

Balance as of June 27, 2020

 

 

131.3

 

 

$

1.3

 

 

 

1,703.0

 

 

 

(10.3

)

 

 

316.6

 

 

 

2,010.6

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40.7

 

 

 

40.7

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

 

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.2

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.8

 

Balance as of July 3, 2021

 

 

132.5

 

 

$

1.3

 

 

$

1,752.8

 

 

$

(5.3

)

 

$

357.3

 

 

$

2,106.1

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112.5

 

 

 

112.5

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.0

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1.3

)

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8.7

)

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.6

 

Conversion of Core-Mark shares of common stock

 

 

19.9

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

998.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

998.8

 

Conversion of Core-Mark stock-based compensation (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40.3

 

Balance as of July 2, 2022

 

 

153.6

 

 

$

1.5

 

 

$

2,816.8

 

 

$

11.4

 

 

$

469.8

 

 

$

3,299.5

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397.2

 

 

 

397.2

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.8

)

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9.5

)

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.7

 

Common stock repurchased

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(11.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11.2

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39.2

 

Balance as of July 1, 2023

 

 

154.5

 

 

$

1.5

 

 

$

2,863.0

 

 

$

14.0

 

 

$

867.0

 

 

$

3,745.5

 

(1) Represents the portion of replacement stock-based compensation awards that relates to pre-combination vesting.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

45


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSCASH FLOWS

($ in millions, except share and per share data)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
  Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
   Fiscal year
ended
June 27, 2015
 

Net sales

  $16,761.8  $16,104.8   $15,270.0 

Cost of goods sold

   14,637.0   14,094.8    13,421.7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   2,124.8   2,010.0    1,848.3 

Operating expenses

   1,913.8   1,807.8    1,688.2 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   211.0   202.2    160.1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

     

Interest expense

   54.9   83.9    85.7 

Other, net

   (1.6  3.8    (22.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

   53.3   87.7    63.5 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   157.7   114.5    96.6 

Income tax expense

   61.4   46.2    40.1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $96.3  $68.3   $56.5 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

     

Basic

   100,236,486   96,451,931    86,874,727 

Diluted

   103,036,723   98,128,626    87,613,698 

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

  $0.96  $0.71   $0.65 

Diluted

  $0.93  $0.70   $0.64 

($ in millions)

 

Fiscal year ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 3, 2021

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

112.5

 

 

$

40.7

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

315.7

 

 

 

279.7

 

 

 

213.9

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

181.0

 

 

 

183.1

 

 

 

125.0

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

12.7

 

Provision for losses on accounts receivables

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

9.0

 

 

 

(23.8

)

Change in LIFO reserve

 

 

39.2

 

 

 

122.9

 

 

 

36.4

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

43.4

 

 

 

44.0

 

 

 

25.4

 

Deferred income tax expense

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

21.2

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

(8.5

)

Other non-cash activities

 

 

9.0

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

12.2

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(95.6

)

 

 

(195.1

)

 

 

(296.5

)

Inventories

 

 

56.9

 

 

 

(582.4

)

 

 

(323.1

)

Income taxes receivable

 

 

(11.0

)

 

 

46.7

 

 

 

106.9

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(3.2

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(34.9

)

Trade accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits

 

 

(164.6

)

 

 

182.5

 

 

 

57.8

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

8.8

 

 

 

60.6

 

 

 

99.2

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

832.1

 

 

 

276.5

 

 

 

64.6

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(269.7

)

 

 

(215.5

)

 

 

(188.8

)

Net cash paid for acquisitions

 

 

(63.8

)

 

 

(1,650.5

)

 

 

(18.1

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other

 

 

38.9

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

7.1

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(294.6

)

 

 

(1,861.5

)

 

 

(199.8

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (payments) borrowings under ABL Facility

 

 

(454.4

)

 

 

1,019.7

 

 

 

(16.2

)

Payment of Additional Junior Term Loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(110.0

)

Borrowing of Notes due 2029

 

 

 

 

 

1,000.0

 

 

 

 

Repayment of Notes due 2024

 

 

 

 

 

(350.0

)

 

 

 

Cash paid for debt issuance, extinguishment and modifications

 

 

 

 

 

(25.0

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Payments under finance lease obligations

 

 

(88.5

)

 

 

(72.1

)

 

 

(37.9

)

Cash paid for acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

(6.9

)

 

 

(136.4

)

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

 

27.7

 

 

 

24.6

 

 

 

26.2

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

Cash paid for shares withheld to cover taxes

 

 

(12.6

)

 

 

(11.4

)

 

 

(4.2

)

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(11.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financing activities

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(536.2

)

 

 

1,581.5

 

 

 

(274.4

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

(3.5

)

 

 

(409.6

)

Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period

 

 

18.7

 

 

 

22.2

 

 

 

431.8

 

Cash and restricted cash, end of period

 

$

20.0

 

 

$

18.7

 

 

$

22.2

 

46


The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

(In millions)

 

As of July 1, 2023

 

 

As of July 2, 2022

 

Cash

 

$

12.7

 

 

$

11.6

 

Restricted cash(1)

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

7.1

 

Total cash and restricted cash

 

$

20.0

 

 

$

18.7

 

(1)
Restricted cash is reported within Other assets and represents the amounts required by insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for the Company’s workers’ compensation and liability claims.

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions are as follows (2):

(In millions)

Fiscal year ended
July 1, 2023

Fiscal year ended
July 2, 2022

Fiscal year ended
July 3, 2021

Non-cash issuance of Common Stock in exchange for Core-Mark stock

1,008.0

(2) Disclosure of non-cash transactions related to right-of-use assets and lease obligations is included in Note 12. Leases.

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are as follows:

(In millions)

 

Fiscal year ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 3, 2021

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

218.5

 

 

$

152.4

 

 

$

139.3

 

Income tax payments net of refunds

 

 

134.1

 

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

(117.4

)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited

consolidated financial statements.

47


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
   Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
  Fiscal year
ended
June 27, 2015
 

Net income

  $96.3   $68.3  $56.5 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

     

Interest rate swaps:

     

Change in fair value, net of tax

   5.7    (5.7  (3.7

Reclassification adjustment, net of tax

   2.5    4.4   4.9 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   8.2    (1.3  1.2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  $104.5   $67.0  $57.7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

($ in millions, except share data)

 Common Stock  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Accumulated
(Deficit)
Earnings
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
 Class A  Class B  Common Stock             
 Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount             

Balance as of June 28, 2014

  86,860,562  $0.9   13,538  $—     —    $—    $592.9  $(5.7 $(154.0 $434.1 

Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan

  —     —     4,850   —     —     —     —     —     —     —   

Net income

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     56.5   56.5 

Interest rate swaps

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     1.2   —     1.2 

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     —     —     —     1.2   —     —     1.2 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 27, 2015

  86,860,562   0.9   18,388   —     —     —     594.1   (4.5  (97.5  493.0 

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  —     —     9,700   —     235,346   —     0.4   —     —     0.4 

Repurchase of incremental shares of common stock

  (31  —     (2  —     —     —     —     —     —     —   

Reclassification of Class A and Class B common stock into a single class

  (86,860,531  (0.9  (28,086  —     86,888,617   0.9   —     —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of underwriter commissions and offering costs

  —     —     —     —     12,777,325   0.1   223.5   —     —     223.6 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

  —     —     —     —     —     —     1.6   —     —     1.6 

Net income

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     68.3   68.3 

Interest rate swaps

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     (1.3  —     (1.3

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     —     —     —     17.2   —     —     17.2 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of July 2, 2016

  —     —     —     —     99,901,288   1.0   836.8   (5.8  (29.2  802.8 

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  —     —     —     —     904,705   —     0.5   —     —     0.5 

Net income

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     96.3   96.3 

Interest rate swaps

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     8.2   —     8.2 

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     —     —     —     17.3   —     —     17.3 

Change in accounting principle(1)

  —     —     —     —     —     —     0.9   —     (0.5  0.4 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of July 1, 2017

  —    $—     —    $—     100,805,993  $1.0  $855.5  $2.4  $66.6  $925.5 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)As of the beginning of fiscal 2017, the Company elected to early adopt the provisions of ASU2016-09,Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The Company has made a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur and recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment to Accumulated Deficit as of the date of adoption. Refer to Note 3. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements for further discussion of the adoption of ASU2016-09.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in millions)

 Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
  Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016(1)
  Fiscal year
ended
June 27, 2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net income

 $96.3  $68.3  $56.5 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

   

Depreciation

  91.5   80.5   76.3 

Amortization of intangible assets

  34.6   38.1   45.0 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and other

  4.5   20.6   10.3 

Provision for losses on accounts receivables

  6.0   7.5   6.6 

Expense related to modification and extinguishment of debt

  0.1   4.6   —   

Stock compensation expense

  17.3   17.2   1.2 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

  6.3   (0.4  (6.1

Change in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities

  (1.8  (0.8  1.8 

Gain on assets held for sale

  —     —     (0.9

Other

  (1.1  1.5   —   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

   

Accounts receivable

  (35.7  (1.2  (136.3

Inventories

  (63.8  (29.6  (33.5

Prepaid expenses and other assets

  10.3   (34.9  (8.2

Trade accounts payable

  (23.2  17.8   69.1 

Outstanding checks in excess of deposits

  57.8   31.7   9.0 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  2.6   14.9   36.6 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  201.7   235.8   127.4 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  (140.2  (119.7  (98.6

Net cash paid for acquisitions

  (192.9  (39.0  (0.4

Increase in restricted cash

  —     —     (5.1

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  1.1   1.1   1.5 

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale

  —     —     1.9 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (332.0  (157.6  (100.7
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Net borrowings (payments) under ABL Facility

  134.9   99.3   (13.9

Payments on Term Facility

  —     (736.9  (7.5

Borrowings on Notes

  —     350.0   —   

Payments on financed property, plant and equipment

  (1.0  —     (1.6

Net proceeds from initial public offering

  —     226.4   —   

Cash paid for debt issuance, extinguishment and modifications

  (0.2  (13.9  —   

Cash paid for acquisitions

  (1.3  —     (0.2

Payments under capital and finance lease obligations

  (5.4  (3.4  (3.1

Proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction

  —     —     3.5 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  4.0   1.3   —   

Tax benefit from exercise of equity awards

  —     1.6   —   

Cash paid for shares withheld to cover taxes

  (3.5  (0.9  —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  127.5   (76.5  (22.8
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

  (2.8  1.7   3.9 

Cash, beginning of period

  10.9   9.2   5.3 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

 $8.1  $10.9  $9.2 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 has been adjusted to reflect the adoption of ASU2016-09,Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. Cash payments of $0.9 million to tax authorities in connection with shares withheld to meet statutory withholding requirements were reclassified from operating activities to financing activities. Refer to Note 3 for further discussion.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

Supplemental disclosures ofnon-cash transactions are as follows:

(In millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
   Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
   Fiscal year
ended
June 27, 2015
 

Debt assumed through capital lease obligations

   23.4    0.1    3.0 

Disposal of property, plant and equipment under sale-leaseback transaction

   3.2    —      —   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment, financed

   0.5    1.0    —   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment, accrued

   —      3.8    —   

Insurance claims paid through restricted cash

   —      7.3    —   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are as follows:

(In millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
   Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
   Fiscal year
ended
June 27, 2015
 

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

  $51.1   $69.4   $73.6 

Income taxes, net of refunds

   45.7    56.8    41.3 

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.Summary of Business Activities

1.Summary of Business Activities

Business Overview

Performance Food Group Company (the “Company”), through its subsidiaries, markets and distributes primarily national and company-branded food and food-related products to customer locations across the United States.North America. The Company serves both of the major customer types in the restaurant industry: (i) independent or “Street” customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or “Chain” customers, which include regional and nationalsome of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains, fast casual chains, and quick-service restaurants. The Company also servesas well as schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, healthcare facilities, and retail establishments. The Company also specializes in distributing candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco products, health and beauty care products and other institutional customers.items to vending distributors, big box retailers, theaters, convenience stores, drug stores, grocery stores, travel providers, and hospitality providers.

Fiscal Years

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30th.This resulted in a52-week year for fiscal 2017,2023, a53-week 52-week year for fiscal 20162022 and a52-week 53-week year for fiscal 2015.2021. References to “fiscal 2017”2023” are to the52-week period ended July 1, 2017,2023, references to “fiscal 2016”2022” are to the53-week 52-week period ended July 2, 2016,2022, and references to “fiscal 2015”2021” are to the52-week 53-week period ended June 27, 2015.July 3, 2021.

Initial Public OfferingShare Repurchase Program

On October 6, 2015,November 16, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company completedauthorized a registered initial public offering (“IPO”)share repurchase program for up to $300 million of 16,675,000the Company’s outstanding common stock. This authorization replaces the previously authorized $250 million share repurchase program. The share repurchase program has an expiration date of November 16, 2026 and may be amended, suspended, or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion, subject to compliance with applicable laws. During the fiscal year ended July 1, 2023, the Company repurchased and subsequently retired 0.2 million shares of common stock, for a cash offering pricetotal of $19.00 per$11.2 million. As of July 1, 2023, approximately $288.8 million remained available for additional share ($17.955 per share netrepurchases.

2.Summary of underwriting discounts), including the exercise in full by underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. The Company sold an aggregate of 12,777,325 shares of such common stockSignificant Accounting Policies and certain selling stockholders sold 3,897,675 shares (including the shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “PFGC.”Estimates

The aggregate offering price of the amount of newly issued common stock sold was $242.8 million. In connection with the offering, the Company paid the underwriters a discount of $1.045 per share, for a total underwriting discount of $13.4 million. In addition, the Company incurred direct offering expenses consisting of legal, accounting, and printing costs of $5.8 million in connection with the IPO, of which $3.0 million was paid during fiscal 2016.

The Company used the net offering proceeds to us, after deducting the underwriting discount and our direct offering expenses, to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under a Credit Agreement providing for a term loan facility (the “Term Facility”). The Company used the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

Secondary Offerings

On May 24, 2016, certain selling stockholders of the Company sold 12,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a public offering price of $24.25 per share in a secondary public offering (the “Offering”). The selling stockholders granted the underwriters of the Offering an option to purchase an additional 1,800,000 shares at a price of $23.3406 per share. The underwriters exercised their option in full and, on May 27, 2016, purchased an additional 1,800,000 shares from the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders received all of the net proceeds from the Offering and the sale of the additional 1,800,000 shares. No shares were sold by the Company.

In November 2016, January 2017, February 2017, and May 2017 certain selling stockholders sold an aggregate of 47,592,206 shares of the Company’s common stock in transactions registered under the Securities

Act. The Company did not receive any proceeds from these sales. As a result of these sales, Blackstone no longer beneficially owns any shares of the Company’s common stock.

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements include consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, and consolidated statements of cash flows. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring adjustments, except as otherwise disclosed, necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for all periods presented have been made.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

48


Risks and Uncertainties

Our business, our industry, and the U.S. economy are influenced by a number of general macroeconomic factors, including, but not limited to, changes in the rate of inflation and fuel prices, interest rates, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, and the effects of health epidemics and pandemics. We continue to actively monitor the impacts of the evolving macroeconomic and geopolitical landscape on all aspects of our business. The Company and our industry may face challenges related to product and fleet supply, increased product and logistics costs, access to labor supply, and lower disposable incomes due to inflationary pressures and macroeconomic conditions. The extent to which these challenges will affect our future financial position, liquidity, and results of operations remains uncertain.

Cash

The Company maintains its cash primarily in institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At times, the Company’s cash balance may be in amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limits. Outstanding checks in excess of deposits are book overdrafts that result in a credit cash balance in the general ledger and are then reinstated as accounts payable. Changes in accounts payable, including checks in excess of deposits, are presented in the operating section of the statement of cash flows.

Restricted Cash

The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers’ compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements primarily by depositing funds in trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 20162022 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts, and $10.2 $7.3million and $10.2$7.1 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Accounts receivable also includes other receivables primarily related to various rebate and promotional incentives with the Company’s suppliers. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The Company regularly analyzes its significant customer accounts, and when it becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, such as bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount it reasonably believes is collectible. The Company also records reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, the Company’s estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. As of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables

was approximately $11.0 million and $10.6 million, respectively, and $6.0 million and $5.7 million, respectively related to other receivables. The Company recorded $6.0 million, $7.5 million, and $6.6$6.0 million in provision for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2017,2023, $9.0 million in provision in fiscal 2016,2022, and a benefit of $23.8 million in fiscal 2015, respectively.2021 related to reserves for expected credit losses.

Inventories

Inventories

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of food andnon-food products. The Company values inventories primarily at the lower of cost or marketnet realizable value using thefirst-in,first-out (“FIFO”) method. At July 1, 2017, the Company’s inventory balance of $1,013.3 million consists primarily of finished goods, $925.7 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of July 1, 2017, $87.6 million of the inventory balance was valued atmethod and last-in,first-out (“LIFO” ("LIFO") using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. At July 1, 20172023, the Company’s inventory balance of $3,390.0 million consists primarily of finished goods, $2,126.6 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of July 1, 2023, $1,263.4 million of the inventory balance was valued at LIFO. At July 1, 2023 and July 2, 2016,2022, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $6.6$212.7 million and $4.0$173.5 million, respectively. Costs in inventory include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the Company’s warehouses and are net of certain consideration received from vendors in the amount of $22.9$97.2 million and $20.7$101.8 million as of July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016,2022, respectively. The Company adjusts its inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions. As of July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016,2022, the Company had adjusted its inventories by approximately $4.5$17.4 million and $6.4$26.4 million, respectively.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including capitalfinance lease assets, is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years, and is included primarily in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

49


Certain internal and external costs related to the development of internal use software are capitalized within property, plant, and equipment during the application development stage.

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. The difference between the net book value of the asset and proceeds from disposition is recognized as a gain or loss. Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while costs of betterments and renewals are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company, including intangible assets with definite lives, are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the projected, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. Based on the Company’s assessments, no impairment losses were recorded in fiscal 2017,2023, fiscal 2016,2022, or fiscal 2015.2021.

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company’s financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology,non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years.

twelve years. Annually, or when certain triggering events occur, the Company assesses the useful lives of its intangibles with definite lives. Certain assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, the Company may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for the valuation of significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but that are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions. Refer to Note 4. Business Combinations for further discussion of the goodwill and other intangible assets associated with the Company's acquisitions.

The Company is required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy the Company’s products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess impairment at the end of each fiscal year.

The Company applies the guidance in FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (ASU)(“ASU”) 2011-08“Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for the Company’s goodwill impairment test, the Company is required to make assumptions and judgments including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to the Company’s business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of its reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, the Company would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.

During fiscal 20172023, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 2016,2021, the Company performed the step zero analysis for its goodwill impairment test. As a result of the Company’s step zero analysis,test and no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for the Company's reporting units within its reportable segments. Based on the Company's assessment, there was an immaterial impairment of goodwill related to reporting units within the Corporate & All Other segment for fiscal 20172023. No impairments were recorded in fiscal 2022 or fiscal 2016. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016, or fiscal 2015.2021.

Insurance Program

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, and subject to certain

50


limitations and exclusions. The Company also maintains self-funded group medical insurance. The Company accrues its estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are primarily collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“OCI”)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as all changes in equity during each period except for those resulting from net income (loss) and investments by or distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of gains or losses from derivative financial instruments that are designated in a

hedging relationship.relationship and foreign currency translation from foreign operations. For derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings during the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizesmarkets and distributes primarily national and Company-branded food and food-related products to customer locations across North America. The Foodservice segment primarily services restaurants and supplies a “broad line” of products to its customers, including the Company’s Performance Brands and custom-cut meats and seafood, as well as products that are specific to each customer’s menu requirements. Vistar specializes in distributing candy, snacks, beverages, and other items nationally to vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, hospitality, and other channels. The Convenience segment distributes candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco products, food and food-service products, and other items to convenience stores. The Company disaggregates revenue by customer type and product offerings and determined that disaggregating revenue at the segment level achieves the disclosure objective to depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Refer to Note 19. Segment Information for external revenue by reportable segment.

The Company assesses the products and services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies a performance obligation for each promise to transfer to the customer a product or service (or a bundle of products or services) that is distinct. The Company determined that fulfilling and delivering customer orders constitutes a single performance obligation. Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the Company has satisfied its performance obligation and the customer has obtained control of the products. The Company determined that the customer is able to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the benefits from, the sale of a product when it is considered realized or realizable and earned. The Company determines these requirements to be met whenproducts at the product has beentime the products are delivered to the customer’s requested destination. The Company considers control to have transferred upon delivery because the Company has a present right to payment at this time, the customer has legal title to the price is fixed and determinable, and there is reasonable assurance of collectionproducts, the Company has transferred physical possession of the sales proceeds. assets, and the customer has significant risks and rewards of ownership of the products.

The Company grants certain customers salestransaction price recognized is the invoiced price, adjusted for any incentives, such as rebates orand discounts and treats these as a reductiongranted to the customer. The Company estimates expected returns based on an analysis of saleshistorical experience. We adjust our estimate of revenue at the timeearlier of when the saleamount of consideration we expect to receive changes or when the consideration becomes fixed. The Company determined it is recognized. responsible for collecting and remitting state and local excise taxes on cigarettes and other tobacco products and presents billed excise taxes as part of revenue. Net sales include amounts related to state and local excise taxes which totaled $3.9 billion, $3.7 billion, and $1.2 billion for fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 2021, respectively. The Company has made a policy election to exclude sales tax from the transaction price. The Company does not have any material significant payment terms as payment is received shortly after the point of sale.

The Company has customer contracts in which incentives are paid upfront to certain customers. These payments have become industry practice and are not related to financing the customer’s business, nor are they associated with any distinct good or service to be received from the customer. These incentive payments are capitalized and amortized over the life of the contract or the expected life of the customer relationship on a straight-line basis. The Company’s contract asset for these incentives totaled $32.5 million and $26.4 million as of July 1, 2023 and July 2, 2022, respectively.

The Company recognizes revenues netsubstantially all of applicable sales tax. Sales returns are recorded as reductions of sales.

Revenue is accounted for in accordance with ASC605-45, which addresses reportingits revenue either on a gross basis as a principal or a net basis as an agent depending upon the nature of the sales transactions. The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis whenprincipal. When assessing whether the Company determines the sale meets the conditions of ASC605-45,Reporting Revenue Grossis acting as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” The Company weighs the following factors in making its determination:

who is the primary obligor to provide the product or services desired by our customers;

who has discretion in supplier selection;

who has latitude in establishing price;

who retains credit risk; and

who bears inventory risk.

When the Company determines that it does not meet the criteria for gross revenue recognition under ASC605-45 on the basis of these factors, the Company reports the revenue on a net basis. When there is a change to an agreement with a customer or vendor, pursuant to the Company’s revenue recognition policy, the Company reevaluates the reporting of the revenue based on the factors outlined above to determine if there has been a change in the Company’s relationship in acting as the principal or an agent.agent, the Company considered the indicators that an entity controls the specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer detailed in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606-10-55-39. The Company believes it earns substantially all revenue as a principal from the sale of products because the Company is responsible for the fulfillment and acceptability of products purchased. Additionally, the Company holds the general inventory risk for the products, as it takes title to the products before the products are ordered by customers and maintains products in inventory.

51


Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to manufacturers for products sold, the cost of transportation necessary to bring the products to the Company’s facilities, plus depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment. The Company determined it is responsible for remitting state and local excise taxes on cigarettes and other tobacco products and presents remittances of excise taxes as part of cost of goods sold. Additionally, federal excise taxes are levied on manufacturers who pass these taxes on to the Company as a portion of the product costs. As a result, federal excise taxes are not a component of the Company’s excise taxes, but are reflected in the cost of inventory until products are sold.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses include warehouse, delivery, occupancy, insurance, depreciation, amortization, salaries and wages, and employee benefits expenses.

Other, net

Other, net primarily includes the change in fair value gain or loss and cash settlements pertaining to our derivatives on forecasted diesel fuel purchases along with othernon-operating income or expense items. For fiscal 2015, this also includes the $25.0 million termination fee in connection with the termination of the Sysco and US Foods merger discussed below.

On December 8, 2013, Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”) and US Foods, Inc. (“US Foods”) announced that they had entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, the Company reached an agreement to

purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, the Company’s agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and the Company received a termination fee of $25 million.

Other, net consisted of the following:

(In millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
  Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
  Fiscal year
ended
June 27, 2015
 

Change in fair value (gain) loss on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchased

  $(0.3 $(1.4 $1.8 

Cash settlements on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchases

   0.2   4.9   1.2 

Ineffectiveness related to hedge derivatives for forecasted debt interest payments

   (1.5  0.5   —   

Termination fee

   —     —     (25.0

Other income

   —     (0.2  (0.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other, net

  $(1.6 $3.8  $(22.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives

The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, either unilaterally or in combination with purchasing cooperatives and other procurement partners, that consist primarily includingof volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of operating expenses incurred by the Company. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates, and annual incentives, and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of the Company’s operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds the Company’s marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company follows the requirements of FASB ASC605-50-25-10,Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Recognition—Customer’s Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendorand ASC605-50-45-16, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Other Presentation Matters—Reseller’s Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. Estimated shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company of $807.7$2,502.8 million, $752.0$2,253.2 million, and $718.8$1,450.7 million are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2017,2023, fiscal 2016,2022, and fiscal 2015,2021, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company participates in the Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) and, the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”), the Core-Mark 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, and the Core-Mark 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan, and follows the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC718-10-25,Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall—Recognition. This guidance requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements. The Company recognizes expense for its stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted. The Company estimates the fair value of service-based options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair values of service-based restricted stock, restricted stock with performance conditions and restricted stock units are based on the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. The Company estimates the fair value of options and restricted stock with market conditions using a Monte Carlo simulation. Compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. For those options and restricted stock that have a performance condition, compensation expense is based upon the number of option or shares, as applicable, expected to vest after assessing the probability that the performance criteria will be met. The Company has made a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur.

Compensation expense related to our employee stock purchase plan, which allows eligible employees to purchase our common stock at a 15% discount, represents the difference between the fair market value as of the purchase date and the employee purchaseprice.

52


Income Taxes

The Company follows FASB ASC740-10,Income Taxes—Overall,which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards,carryforwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closings of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate. Income tax calculations are based on the tax laws enacted as of the date of the financial statements.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

As required by FASB ASC815-20,Derivatives and Hedging—Hedging—General, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company primarily uses derivative contracts to manage the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. A portion of these derivatives is designated and qualify as cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply, or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB ASC815-20. In the event that the Company does not apply the provisions of hedge accounting, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses and included in Other expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See Note 99. Derivatives and Hedging Activities for additional information on the Company’s use of derivative instruments.

The Company discloses derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC815-10-50,Derivatives and Hedging—Overall—Disclosure. FASB ASC815-10-50 sets forth the disclosure requirements with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB ASC815-20, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FASB ASC815-10-50 requires qualitative

disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include management’s own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company’s derivative instruments are carried at fair value and are evaluated in accordance with this hierarchy.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company records a liability related to contingencies when a loss is considered to be probable and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. This estimate would include legal fees, if applicable.

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive

3.Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

53


Income (“AOCI”) as a component of stockholders’ equity. Revenue and expenses from foreign operations are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect during the period in which the transactions occur. The Company recognizes gains or losses on foreign currency exchange transactions in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company currently does not hedge foreign currency cash flows.

3.Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2016,November 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)FASB issued ASU2016-09,Compensation—Stock Compensation 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 718)832): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment AccountingDisclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance. The Update includes provisions intended to simplify several aspectsupdate increases the transparency in financial reporting of how share-based payments are accountedgovernment assistance by requiring the disclosure of the types of transactions, an entity’s accounting for the transactions and presented in the effect of those transactions on an entity’s financial statements. Such provisions include recognizing income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, allowing an employer to withhold shares in an amount up to the employee’s maximum individual tax rate without resulting in liability classification of the award, allowing entities to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur, and changes to the classification oftax-related cash flows resulting from share-based payments and cash payments made to taxing authorities on the employee’s behalf on the statement of cash flows. The amendments to this Update areThis pronouncement is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period.2021. The Company elected to early adopt ASU2016-09 as ofadopted the new standard at the beginning of fiscal 2017.2023. The amendments in this update have been applied using the prospective approach to all applicable transactions at the date of initial application and as new transactions occur. The Company applieddetermined that adoption of this update has not had a material impact on the amendedCompany's consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, Liabilities— Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. The update enhances the transparency of supplier finance programs by requiring the disclosure of the effect of those programs on an entity’s working capital, liquidity, and cash flows. The guidance related torequires disclosure of the recognition and presentationkey terms of excess tax benefits onsupplier finance programs as well as the obligation amount outstanding as of the end of the period, a prospective basis. Duringdescription of where the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017, excess tax benefits of $5.3 million ($0.05 per diluted share) related to exercised and vested share-based compensation awards were recorded within income tax expenseobligation is presented in the consolidated statementbalance sheet and a rollforward of operationsthe obligations balance during the period, including the amount of obligations confirmed and the amount of obligations paid. The amendments in this update will be applied retrospectively to each period in which a balance sheet is presented, as cash flows from operating activities within the consolidated statement of cash flowsexcept for the year ended July 1, 2017.amendment on rollforward information, which will be applied prospectively. The Company has made a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur and accounted for this policy change using a modified retrospective transition method. The cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings assubstantially completed its analysis of the dateimpact of adopting the new standard and determined that adoption was $0.5 million,after-tax. The Company applied the amended guidance related to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows when an employer withholds shares to meet the statutory withholding

requirement on a retrospective basis. Cash payments of $3.5 million and $0.9 million to tax authorities in connection with shares withheld to meet statutory withholding requirements are presented as a financing activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal years ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, respectively.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU2017-09,Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting.The ASU provides guidance about which changes to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. An entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt ASU2017-09 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017. Adoption of the ASU didthis update will not have a material impact on the Company’sCompany's consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In May 2014,October 2021, the FASB issued ASU2014-09,Revenue 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This Update isThe update improves the accounting for acquired revenue contracts with customers in a comprehensive newbusiness combination by addressing diversity in practice and inconsistency related to recognition of an acquired contract liability and payment terms and their effect on subsequent revenue recognition modelrecognized by the acquirer. The guidance requires that requiresan acquiring entity in a company tobusiness combination recognize revenue that represents the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-08,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), which provides clarifying guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-10,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, which clarifies the guidance pertaining to identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-12,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, which provides narrow-scope improvements and practical expedient regarding collectability, presentation of sales tax collected from customers, noncash consideration,measure contract modifications at transition, completed contracts at transition and other technical corrections. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-20,Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, to clarify the codification or to correct unintended application of the guidance. Areas of Topic 606 that were corrected or improved include loan guarantee fees, contract costs, disclosure of performance obligationsassets and contract modifications.

Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of Topic 606.liabilities acquired in accordance with Topic 606 as amended by ASU2015-14,Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral ofif it had originated the Effective Date,contract. This pronouncement is effective for public entities forinterim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within2022, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this update will be applied prospectively to applicable business combinations occurring in or after fiscal 2024. Historically, the contract assets and liabilities included in the Company’s business combinations have been limited to prepaid customer incentives that reporting period.are immaterial in comparison to total assets acquired. The Company currently plans to implement the new standard using the modified retrospective approach. However, our method is subject to change as we finalize our adoption approach for the new standard. The Company has completed an inventory of its revenue streams and is in the process of reviewing customer contracts to determine the impact, if any, the new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. The amended guidance also requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures which the Company believes will be significant to the consolidated financial statements. The Company is also in the process of designing and implementing relevant controls related todetermined that adoption of the new standard.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU2015-11,Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This ASU requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference shall be recognized as a loss in earnings in the period in which it occurs. The ASU is effective for public companies prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has completed its evaluation of the ASU and concluded that itthis update will not have a material impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-02,Leases (Topic 842). The ASU is a comprehensive new lease accounting model that requires companies to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For public entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Companies are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in its financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this ASU on its future financial statements and believes adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on ourCompany's consolidated financial statements. Information about our undiscounted future lease payments and the timing of those payments is in Note 12. Leases in this Form10-K.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-13,Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The pronouncement changes the impairment model for most financial assets, and will require the use of an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. Under this model, entities will be required to estimate the lifetime expected credit loss on such instruments and record an allowance to offset the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this ASU on our future financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-15,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This ASU addresses the classification of certain specific cash flow issues including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of certain debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of certain insurance claims and distributions received from equity method investees. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendments in the same period. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this ASU will have on our consolidated statement of cash flows.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-18,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. This ASU requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling thebeginning-of-period andend-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this ASU will have on our consolidated statement of cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU2017-01,4.Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business.This ASU clarifies the definition of a business in order to assist companies in the evaluation of whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The amended guidance also removes the existing evaluation of a market participant’s ability to replace missing elements and narrows the definition of output to achieve consistency with other topics. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements at the date of adoption.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The ASU eliminates Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which is performed by estimating the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill. Instead, an entity will record a goodwill impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying value over its estimated fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The ASU is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15,

2019 and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements at the date of adoption.

4.Business Combinations

During fiscal year 2017,2023, the Company paid cash of $193.6$63.8 million for seven acquisitions.one acquisition. This acquisition did not materially affect the Company's results of operations. During fiscal year 2016,2022, the Company made two acquisitions in cash and stock transactions totaling $2.7 billion and during fiscal year 2021, the Company paid cash of $39.0$18.1 million for two acquisitions and during fiscal 2015, the Company paid cash of $0.4 million for an acquisition. These acquisitions did not materially affect the Company’s results of operations.

The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the fiscal 2017 acquisitions. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were not material to the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

(In millions)

  Fiscal 2017 

Net working capital

  $33.7 

Goodwill

   45.0 

Other intangible assets

   89.4 

Property, plant and equipment

   40.2 

Capital and finance lease obligations

   (1.2

Deferred income tax liability, net

   (10.8

Other long-term liabilities

   (2.7
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

  $193.6 
  

 

 

 

Subsequent to July 1, 2017,2023, the Company paid $64.0$224.4 million for an acquisition. The Company is in the process of determining the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Below is information related to the Company’s material acquisition of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (“Core-Mark”) in fiscal 2022.

Core-Mark Acquisition

5.Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On September 1, 2021, the Company acquired Core-Mark in a transaction valued at $2.4 billion, net of cash received. Under the terms of the transaction, Core-Mark shareholders received $23.875 per share in cash and 0.44 shares of the Company’s stock for each Core-Mark share outstanding as of August 31, 2021. The following table summarizes the purchase price for the acquisition:

54


(In millions, except shares, cash per share, exchange ratio, and closing price)

 

 

 

Core-Mark shares outstanding at August 31, 2021

 

 

45,201,975

 

Cash consideration (per Core-Mark share)

 

$

23.875

 

      Cash portion of purchase price

 

$

1,079.2

 

Core-Mark shares outstanding at August 31, 2021

 

 

45,201,975

 

Exchange ratio (per Core-Mark share)

 

 

0.44

 

Total PFGC common shares issued

 

 

19,888,869

 

Closing price of PFGC common stock on August 31, 2021

 

$

50.22

 

   Equity issued

 

$

998.8

 

Equity compensation (1)

 

$

9.2

 

   Total equity portion of purchase price

 

$

1,008.0

 

Debt assumed, net of cash

 

$

306.9

 

       Total purchase price

 

$

2,394.1

 

(1)
Represents the portion of replacement share-based payment awards that relates to pre-combination vesting.

The $1.1 billion cash portion of the acquisition was financed using borrowings from the ABL Facility (as defined in Note 8. Debt). The Core-Mark acquisition strengthens the Company’s business diversification and expands its presence in the convenience store channel. The Core-Mark acquisition is reported in the Convenience segment.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date of September 1, 2021. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the Core-Mark acquisition:

(In millions)

 

Fiscal 2022

 

Net working capital

 

$

979.5

 

Goodwill

 

 

863.2

 

Intangible assets with definite lives:

 

 

 

Customer relationships

 

 

360.0

 

Trade names

 

 

140.0

 

Technology

 

 

7.0

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

391.4

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

235.3

 

Other assets

 

 

26.1

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(234.6

)

Finance lease obligations

 

 

(105.6

)

Operating lease obligations

 

 

(221.7

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(46.5

)

Total purchase price

 

$

2,394.1

 

Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, trade names, and technology with useful lives of 11 years, 5 years, and 5 years, respectively, and a total weighted-average useful life of 9.3 years. The excess of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed over consideration paid was recorded as $863.2 million of goodwill on the acquisition date. The goodwill reflects the value to the Company associated with the expansion of geographic reach and scale of our distribution footprint and enhancements to the Company’s customer base.

The net sales and net loss related to Core-Mark recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2022, since the acquisition date of September 1, 2021 are $14.5 billion and $17.6 million, respectively. The net loss related to Core-Mark since the acquisition date was driven by purchase accounting and LIFO inventory reserve adjustments.

The following table summarizes the unaudited pro-forma consolidated financial information of the Company as if the acquisition had occurred on June 28, 2020.

 

 

Fiscal year ended

 

(in millions)

 

July 2, 2022

 

 

July 3, 2021

 

Net sales

 

$

53,972.4

 

 

$

47,581.7

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

150.8

 

 

 

(14.6

)

55


These pro-forma results include nonrecurring pro-forma adjustments related to acquisition costs incurred, including the amortization of the step up in fair value of inventory acquired. The pro-forma net income for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 includes $54.7 million, after-tax, of acquisition costs assuming the acquisition had occurred on June 28, 2020. The recurring pro-forma adjustments include estimates of interest expense for the Company's 4.250% Senior Notes due 2029 ("Notes due 2029") and estimates of depreciation and amortization associated with fair value adjustments for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets acquired

These unaudited pro-forma results do not necessarily represent financial results that would have been achieved had the acquisition actually occurred on June 28, 2020 or future consolidated results of operations of the Company.

Other

In the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company paid a total of $67.3 million for the final net working capital acquired related to the acquisition of Reinhart Foodservice, L.L.C, which is reflected as a financing activity cash outflow in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021.

The acquisition of Eby-Brown Company LLC included contingent consideration, including earnout payments in the event certain operating results were achieved during a defined post-closing period. In the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company paid the first earnout payment of $185.6 million, which included $68.3 million recorded as a financing activity cash outflow and $117.3 million recorded as an operating activity cash outflow in the consolidated statement of cash flows for fiscal 2021.

5.Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company recorded additions to goodwill in connection with its acquisitions. The goodwill is a result of expected synergies from combined operations of the acquisitions and the Company. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

(In millions)

  Performance
Foodservice
   PFG
Customized
   Vistar  Other   Total 

Balance as of June 27, 2015

  $405.3   $166.5   $53.0  $39.2   $664.0 

Acquisitions—current year

   —      —      10.0   —      10.0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of July 2, 2016

   405.3    166.5    63.0   39.2    674.0 

Acquisitions—current year

   22.9    —      2.3   19.8    45.0 

Adjustment related to prior year acquisitions

   —      —      (0.4  —      (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of July 1, 2017

  $428.2   $166.5   $64.9  $59.0   $718.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Foodservice

 

 

Vistar

 

 

Convenience

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of July 3, 2021

 

$

1,199.4

 

 

$

93.9

 

 

$

20.9

 

 

$

40.5

 

 

$

1,354.7

 

Acquisitions

 

 

61.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

863.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

924.5

 

Balance as of July 2, 2022

 

 

1,260.7

 

 

 

93.9

 

 

 

884.1

 

 

 

40.5

 

 

 

2,279.2

 

Acquisitions—current year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.1

 

 

 

22.1

 

Impairments—current year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

(1.3

)

Adjustments related to prior year acquisition (1)

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.0

 

Balance as of July 1, 2023

 

$

1,261.7

 

 

$

93.9

 

 

$

884.1

 

 

$

61.3

 

 

$

2,301.0

 

(1)
The fiscal 20172023 adjustment related to prior year acquisitionsacquisition is the result of a net working capital adjustment.

adjustments.

The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets by major category as of July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016:2022:

 As of July 1, 2017 As of July 2, 2016 

 

As of July 1, 2023

 

 

As of July 2, 2022

 

 

(In millions)

 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Net Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Net Range of
Lives
 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net

 

 

Range of
Lives

Intangible assets with definite lives:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships

 $457.0  $(337.4 $119.6  $394.6  $(317.3 $77.3   4 – 11 years 

 

$

1,568.2

 

 

$

(777.2

)

 

$

791.0

 

 

$

1,562.1

 

 

$

(659.8

)

 

$

902.3

 

 

4 – 12 years

Trade names and trademarks

 106.0  (92.3 13.7  90.9  (81.1 9.8   4 – 9 years 

 

 

466.3

 

 

 

(279.7

)

 

 

186.6

 

 

 

458.2

 

 

 

(220.4

)

 

 

237.8

 

 

4 – 9 years

Deferred financing costs

 44.2  (35.2 9.0  44.2  (32.7 11.5   Debt term 

 

 

73.3

 

 

 

(58.1

)

 

 

15.2

 

 

 

73.2

 

 

 

(53.3

)

 

 

19.9

 

 

Debt term

Non-compete

 26.8  (14.0 12.8  14.9  (10.9 4.0   2 – 5 years 

 

 

42.3

 

 

 

(38.4

)

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

38.1

 

 

 

(36.0

)

 

 

2.1

 

 

2 – 5 years

Leases

 12.5  (6.0 6.5  12.5  (5.3 7.2   Lease term 

Technology

 26.1  (26.1  —    26.1  (26.1  —     5 – 7 years 

 

 

36.2

 

 

 

(30.1

)

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

36.2

 

 

 

(28.3

)

 

 

7.9

 

 

5 – 8 years

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total intangible assets with definite lives

 $672.6  $(511.0 $161.6  $583.2  $(473.4 $109.8  

 

$

2,186.3

 

 

$

(1,183.5

)

 

$

1,002.8

 

 

$

2,167.8

 

 

$

(997.8

)

 

$

1,170.0

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 $718.6  $—    $718.6  $674.0  $—    $674.0  Indefinite 

 

$

2,301.0

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,301.0

 

 

$

2,279.2

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,279.2

 

 

Indefinite

Trade names

 39.5   —    39.5  39.5   —    39.5  Indefinite 

 

 

25.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

25.6

 

 

 

25.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

25.6

 

 

Indefinite

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total intangible assets with indefinite lives

 $758.1  $—    $758.1  $713.5  $—    $713.5  

 

$

2,326.6

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,326.6

 

 

$

2,304.8

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,304.8

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

56


For the intangible assets with definite lives, the Company recorded amortization expense of $37.7 for fiscal 2017, $42.3$185.7 million for fiscal 2016, and $50.02023, $187.5 million for fiscal 2015. 2022, and $130.4 million for fiscal 2021. For the next five fiscal periods and thereafter, the estimated future amortization expense on intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:

(In millions)

 

 

 

2024

 

 

170.9

 

2025

 

 

164.4

 

2026

 

 

159.3

 

2027

 

 

102.4

 

2028

 

 

91.8

 

Thereafter

 

 

314.0

 

Total amortization expense

 

$

1,002.8

 

6.Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk

(In millions)

    

2018

  $29.0 

2019

   28.0 

2020

   24.7 

2021

   23.7 

2022

   18.8 

Thereafter

   37.4 
  

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

  $161.6 
  

 

 

 

6.Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk

The Company had no customers that comprised more than 10%10% of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2017,2023, fiscal 2016, and2022, or fiscal 2015.2021. At July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016, respectively,2022, the Company had no customers that comprised more than 10%10% of consolidated accounts receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for which details are disclosed in the accounts receivable portion of Note 2,2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates—Accounts Receivable.

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Company’s customer base includes a large number of individual restaurants, national and regional chain restaurants, and franchises and other institutional customers. The credit risk associated with accounts receivable is minimized by the Company’s large customer base and ongoing monitoring of customer creditworthiness.

7. Property, Plant, and Equipment

7.Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment as of July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 20162022 consisted of the following:

(In millions)

  As of
July 1, 2017
   As of
July 2, 2016
   Range of Lives 

 

As of
July 1, 2023

 

 

As of
July 2, 2022

 

 

Range of Lives

 

Buildings and building improvements

  $452.7   $411.0    10 – 39 years 

 

$

1,019.1

 

 

$

943.2

 

 

10 – 39 years

 

Land

   47.9    40.2    —   

 

 

102.2

 

 

 

101.4

 

 

 

 

Transportation equipment

   136.4    98.9    2 – 10 years 

 

 

1,076.4

 

 

 

880.6

 

 

2 – 10 years

 

Warehouse and plant equipment

   242.3    185.8    3 – 20 years 

 

 

657.3

 

 

 

599.6

 

 

3 – 20 years

 

Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures

   247.8    202.6    2 – 10 years 

 

 

415.4

 

 

 

377.8

 

 

2 – 10 years

 

Leasehold improvements

   108.3    90.6    Lease term(1) 

 

 

300.3

 

 

 

281.5

 

 

Lease term(1)

 

Construction-in-process

   50.8    72.7   

 

 

163.2

 

 

 

147.3

 

 

 

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

3,733.9

 

 

 

3,331.4

 

 

 

 

   1,286.2    1,101.8   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (545.5   (464.8  

 

 

(1,469.9

)

 

 

(1,196.9

)

 

 

 

  

 

   

 

   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $740.7   $637.0   

 

$

2,264.0

 

 

$

2,134.5

 

 

 

 

  

 

   

 

   

(1)Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.
(1)
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Total depreciation expense for the fiscal 2017,2023, fiscal 2016,2022, and fiscal 20152021 was $91.5$315.7 million, $80.5 $279.7million, and $76.3 $213.9million, respectively, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

8.Debt

8.Debt

The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed indebtedness as described below.

57


Debt consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

As of July 1, 2023

 

 

As of July 2, 2022

 

Credit Agreement

 

$

1,154.0

 

 

$

1,608.4

 

6.875% Notes due 2025, effective interest rate 7.211%

 

 

275.0

 

 

 

275.0

 

5.500% Notes due 2027, effective interest rate 5.930%

 

 

1,060.0

 

 

 

1,060.0

 

4.250% Notes due 2029, effective interest rate 4.439%

 

 

1,000.0

 

 

1,000.0

 

Less: Original issue discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

(28.9

)

 

(34.6

)

Long-term debt

 

 

3,460.1

 

 

3,908.8

 

Less: current installments

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total debt, excluding current installments

 

$

3,460.1

 

 

$

3,908.8

 

(In millions)

  As of
July 1, 2017
   As of
July 2, 2016
 

ABL

  $899.9   $765.0 

5.500% Notes due 2024

   350.0    350.0 

Promissory Note

   6.0    6.0 

Less: Original issue discount and deferred financing costs

   (8.2   (9.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   1,247.7    1,111.6 

Capital and finance lease obligations

   49.9    33.9 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   1,297.6    1,145.5 

Less: current installments

   (11.7   (2.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, excluding current installments

  $1,285.9   $1,143.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

ABL FacilityCredit Agreement

On April 17, 2023, PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”)PFGC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, isand Performance Food Group, Inc., a partywholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, entered into the First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to the Secondexisting Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) dated February 1, 2016.with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other lenders party thereto (as amended by the First Amendment, the “Amended ABL Facility). The Amended ABL Facility has an aggregate principal amount available of $1.6$4.0 billion and matures February 2021. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. September 17, 2026.

Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the Amended ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by, and secured by the majority of the assets of, PFGC and all material domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than the captive insurance subsidiariessubsidiary and other excluded subsidiaries).Availability for loans and letters of credit under the Amended ABL Facility is

governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.

BorrowingsPrior to the First Amendment, borrowings under the ABL Facility bearbore interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%1.0%) plus a spread, or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provided for an unused commitment fee rate of 0.25% per annum.

The First Amendment, among other things, transitioned the benchmark interest rate for borrowings under the Amended ABL Facility from LIBOR to the term secured overnight funding rate (“SOFR”). As a result of the First Amendment, borrowings under the Amended ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greatest of (i) a floor rate of 0.00%, (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (iii) the prime rate on such day, or (iv) one month Term SOFR (as defined in the Amended ABL Facility) plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) Adjusted Term SOFR (as defined in the Amended ABL Facility) plus a spread. The Amended ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%.at a rate of 0.250% per annum.

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:credit agreement:

(Dollars in millions)

  As of
July 1, 2017
 As of
July 2, 2016
 

 

As of July 1, 2023

 

 

As of July 2, 2022

 

Aggregate borrowings

  $899.9  $765.0 

 

$

1,154.0

 

 

$

1,608.4

 

Letters of credit

   105.5  97.7 

 

 

172.2

 

 

 

190.5

 

Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $11.2 and $20.9

   594.6  725.5 

Average interest rate

   2.59 1.87

Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $99.7 and $104.4

 

 

2,673.8

 

 

 

2,201.1

 

Average interest rate, excluding impact of interest rate swaps

 

 

6.35

%

 

 

2.89

%

The Amended ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $130.0$320.0 million and (ii) 10%10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days. The Amended ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s abilitythe loan parties' and their subsidiaries' abilities to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The Amended ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of

58


default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreementthe Amended ABL Facility may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.

Senior Notes due 2025

On August 3, 2017, PFGC and Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into the First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, which amends the ABL Facility. The Amendment amended the ABL Facility by, among other things, (i) increasing the aggregate principal amount under the ABL Facility from $1.6 billion to $1.95 billion by increasing Tranche A Commitments by $325.0 million and theTranche A-1 Commitments by $25.0 million and (ii) maintaining the level of additional commitments permitted, excluding the additional commitments effected pursuant to the Amendment, at $800.0 million under uncommitted incremental facilities. Additionally, certain covenants were amended to require the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $160.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days.

Senior Notes

On May 17, 2016,April 24, 2020, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $350.0$275.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500%6.875% Senior Notes due 20242025 (the “Notes”“Notes due 2025”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2016.. The Notes due 2025 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2025 are not guaranteed by Performance Food Groupthe Company.

The proceeds from the Notes due 2025 were used to pay in full the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Term Facilityfor working capital and to terminate the facility; to temporarily repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility;general corporate purposes and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes.Notes due 2025.

The Notes due 2025 were issued at 100.0%100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2025 mature on JuneMay 1, 20242025, and bear interest at a rate of 5.500%6.875% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2025 will have the right to require Performance Food Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2025 at a price equal to 101%101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) or 100%100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of the Notes at any time prior to June 1, 2019due 2025 at a redemption price equal to 100%101.719% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on June 1, 2019, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.750% of the principal amount redeemed.interest. The redemption price decreases to 101.325% and 100.000%100% of the principal amount redeemed on JuneMay 1, 2020 and June 1, 2021, respectively. In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2019, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 105.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.2024.

The indenture governing the Notes due 2025 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGCPFGC’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. The Notes due 2025 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes due 2025 to become or be declared due and payable.

Interest expense relatedSenior Notes due 2027

On September 27, 2019, PFG Escrow Corporation (which merged with and into Performance Food Group, Inc.), issued and sold $1,060.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Notes due 2027”). The Notes due 2027 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2027 are not guaranteed by the Company.

The proceeds from the Notes due 2027 along with an offering of shares of the Company’s common stock and borrowings under a prior credit agreement, were used to fund the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discountcash consideration for the acquisition of Reinhart Foodservice, L.L.C. (“Reinhart”) and to pay related fees and expenses.

The Notes wasdue 2027 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2027 mature on October 15, 2027 and bear interest at a rate of 5.500% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as follows:required, the holders of the Notes due 2027 will have the right to require Performance Food Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2027 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or part of the Notes due 2027 at a redemption price equal to 102.750% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Beginning on October 15, 2023, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or part of the Notes due 2027 at a redemption price equal to 101.375% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption price decreases to100% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, on October 15, 2024.

The indenture governing the Notes due 2027 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications.

(In millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
   Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
 

Deferred financing costs amortization

  $0.8   $0.1 

Original issue discount amortization

   0.1    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization included in interest expense

  $0.9   $0.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

59


The Notes due 2027 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes due 2027 to become or be declared due and payable.

Senior Notes due 2029

On July 26, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of itsNotes due 2029, pursuant to an indenture dated as of July 26, 2021. The Notes due 2029 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2029 are not guaranteed by the Company.

The proceeds from the Notes due 2029 were used to pay down the outstanding balance of the prior credit agreement, to redeem the Senior Notes due 2024, and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2029.

The Notes due 2029 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2029 mature on August 1, 2029, and bear interest at a rate of 4.250% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2029 will have the right to require Performance Food Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2029 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or part of the Notes due 2029 at any time prior to August 1, 2024, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes due 2029 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or part of the Notes due 2029 at a redemption price equal to 102.125% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption price decreases to 101.163% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on August 1, 2025, and August 1, 2026, respectively. In addition, at any time prior to August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes due 2029 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the Notes due 2029 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. The Notes due 2029 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes due 2029 to become or be declared due and payable.

The Amended ABL Facility and the indentureindentures governing the Notes due 2025, the Notes due 2027, and the Notes due 2029 contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $236.0$2,007.7 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of July 1, 2017.

In fiscal 2016,2023. Such minimum estimated restricted payment capacity is calculated based on the most restrictive of our debt agreements and may fluctuate from period to period, which fluctuations may be material. Our restricted payment capacity under other debt instruments to which the Company usedis subject may be materially higher than the proceeds from its IPO, borrowings under the ABL Facility, and a portion of the proceeds from the Notes issuance to repay the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Term Facility and to terminate the facility. As a result of these payments, a $9.4 million loss on extinguishment and $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs was recorded in fiscal 2016.foregoing estimate.

Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note

In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, interest expense each year included $0.4 million related to this amortization. As of July 1, 2017, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.8 million.

Fiscal year maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations, are as follows:

(In millions)

    

2018

  $6.0 

2019

   —   

2020

   —   

2021

   899.9 

2022

   —   

Thereafter

   350.0 
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations

  $1,255.9 
  

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

2024

 

 

 

2025

 

 

275.0

 

2026

 

 

 

2027

 

 

1,154.0

 

2028

 

 

1,060.0

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,000.0

 

Total long-term debt, excluding finance lease obligations

 

$

3,489.0

 

Capital

60


9.
Derivatives and Finance Lease Obligations

Hedging Activities

Performance Food Group, Inc. is a party to facility leases at two Performance Foodservice distribution facilities and several equipment leases that are accounted for as capital leases in accordance with FASB ASC840-30,Leases—Capital Leases. The charge to income resulting from amortization of these leases is included with depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The gross and net book values of assets under capital leases on the balance sheet as of July 1, 2017 were $69.7 million and $41.8 million, respectively. The gross and net book values of assets under capital leases on the balance sheet as of July 2, 2016 were $38.8 million and $24.6 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments undernon-cancelable capital lease obligations were as follows as of July 1, 2017:

(In millions)

  Capital
Leases
 

2018

  $9.5 

2019

   9.0 

2020

   6.9 

2021

   6.5 

2022

   6.3 

Thereafter

   33.0 
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   71.2 

Less: interest

   21.3 
  

 

 

 

Present value of future minimum lease payments

  $49.9 
  

 

 

 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. sold and simultaneously leased back a Vistar distribution facility for a period of two years. As a result of continuing involvement with the property, this transaction did not meet the criteria to qualify as a sale-leaseback. In accordance with FASB ASC840-40,Leases—Sale Leaseback Transactions, the building and related assets subject to the lease continued to be

reflected on the Company’s balance sheet and depreciated over their remaining useful lives. The proceeds received from the sale of the building were recorded as financing lease obligations. This lease ended during fiscal 2017 as a result, the net book value of the assets subject to the lease and the corresponding financing obligation was reversed.

9.Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and payments related to the Company’s borrowings and diesel fuel purchases.

The effective portion of changesentire change in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. All of the Company’s interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.

On March 20, 2023, Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into an interest rate swap for a $100.0 million notional amount effective from December 16, 2024 and expiring on December 15, 2027. The Company receives floating monthly interest payments based on the greater of one month SOFR CME term or 0.00% and pays a fixed rate of 3.14% to the swap counterparty.

On April 10, 2023, Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into an amended interest rate swap with the swap counterparty for the $350.0 million notional amount effective from April 17, 2023 and expiring on December 16, 2024. The Company receives floating monthly interest payments based on the greater of one-month SOFR CME term or a negative 0.10% and pays a fixed rate of 0.77% to the swap counterparty Prior to April 17, 2023, the Company was receiving interest payments based on one-month LIBOR term and paid a fixed rate of 0.84% to the swap counterparty.

As of July 1, 2017,2023, Performance Food Group, Inc. had seventwo interest rate swaps with a combined $550.0$450.0 million notional amount. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreementsswap agreements as of July 1, 20172023 (in millions):

Effective Date

  Maturity Date   Notional Amount   Fixed Rate Swapped 

August 9, 2013

   August 9, 2018    200.0    1.51

June 30, 2017

   June 30, 2019    50.0    1.13

June 30, 2017

   June 30, 2020    50.0    1.23

June 30, 2017

   June 30, 2020    50.0    1.25

June 30, 2017

   June 30, 2020    50.0    1.26

August 9, 2018

   August 9, 2021    75.0    1.21

August 9, 2018

   August 9, 2021    75.0    1.20

Effective Date

 

Maturity Date

 

Notional
Amount

 

 

Fixed Rate
Swapped

 

April 17, 2023

 

December 15, 2024

 

$

350.0

 

 

 

0.77

%

December 16, 2024

 

December 15, 2027

 

$

100.0

 

 

 

3.14

%

The tables below present the effect of the interest rate swaps designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal years ended July 1, 2017,2023, July 2, 20162022, and June 27, 2015:July 3, 2021:

(in millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2017
  Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2016
  Fiscal year
ended
June 27, 2015
 

Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI,pre-tax

  $(9.3 $9.3  $6.0 

Tax expense (benefit)

   3.6   (3.6  (2.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI,after-tax

  $(5.7 $5.7  $3.7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into interest expense,pre-tax

  $(4.0 $(7.3 $(8.0

Tax benefit (expense)

   1.5   2.9   3.1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into interest expense,after-tax

  $(2.5 $(4.4 $(4.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal year
ended
July 3, 2021

 

Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, pre-tax

 

$

(15.4

)

 

$

(19.3

)

 

$

(2.4

)

Tax expense (benefit)

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

0.6

 

Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, after-tax

 

$

(11.5

)

 

$

(14.3

)

 

$

(1.8

)

Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into interest expense, pre-tax

 

$

10.8

 

 

$

(4.9

)

 

$

(4.3

)

Tax benefit (expense)

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1.1

 

Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into interest expense, after-tax

 

$

8.1

 

 

$

(3.7

)

 

$

(3.2

)

Total interest expense

 

$

218.0

 

 

$

182.9

 

 

$

152.4

 

61


As hedged interest payments are made on the Company’s variable rate debt, amounts are reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Interest expense. The Company recorded a gain of $1.5 million and a loss of $0.5 million related to ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps during the fiscal years ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, respectively. The Company recorded no ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps during the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015. During the next twelve months, ending June 30, 2018, the Company estimates that gains of less than $0.1approximately $15.3 million will be reclassified to interest expense.

Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases

From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar or swap arrangements to manage its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for its forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of July 1, 2017,2023, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to fourfive such arrangements, with an aggregate 6.0 million gallon18.9 million-gallon original notional amount. The 6.0 million gallonamount for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between July 1, 20172, 2023 and June 30, 2018.2024.

The fuel collar and swap instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. ReferFor the fiscal years ended July 1, 2023, July 2, 2022, and July 3, 2021 the Company recognized a loss of $18.3 million, a gain of $10.5 million, and a gain of $8.4 million, respectively, related to changes in the Other, net accounting policy in Note 2.Summaryfair value of Significant Accounting Policiesfuel collar and Estimatesfor additional information.swap instruments along with $12.6 million of income, $10.2 million of income, and $2.0 million of expense, respectively, related to cash settlements.

The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016:2022:

(in millions)

 

Balance Sheet Location

 Fair Value as of
July 1, 2017
 Fair Value as of
July 2, 2016
 

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Fair Value
as of
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fair Value
as of
July 2, 2022

 

Assets

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedges:

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 Prepaid expenses and other current assets $0.3  $—   

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

14.8

 

 

$

7.3

 

Interest rate swaps

 Other assets 5.0   —   

 

Other assets

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

9.9

 

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diesel fuel collars

 Prepaid expenses and other current assets  —    $0.1 
  

 

  

 

 

Diesel fuel derivative instruments

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

 

 

$

16.1

 

Diesel fuel derivative instruments

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other derivative instruments

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

Total assets

  $5.3  0.1 

 

$

21.7

 

 

$

33.5

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedges:

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 Current derivative liabilities $0.3  $4.9 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

Interest rate swaps

 Other long-term liabilities  —    4.9 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diesel fuel collars

 Current derivative liabilities  —    0.4 
  

 

  

 

 

Diesel fuel derivative instruments

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

4.2

 

 

$

1.2

 

Diesel fuel derivative instruments

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

Other derivative instruments

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

0.5

 

 

$

 

Total liabilities

  $0.3  $10.2 

 

 

 

$

4.7

 

 

$

2.1

 

  

 

  

 

 

All of the Company’s derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Upon exercise of termination rights by thenon-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative value or “out of the money” transactions, and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.

The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for periods ended July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016. 2022. The tables below present the derivative assets and liability balance, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016:2022:

62

  July 1, 2017  July 2, 2016 

(In millions)

 Gross
Amounts Presented
in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet
  Gross Amounts
Not Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
Subject to
Netting
Agreements
  Net
Amounts
  Gross
Amounts Presented
in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet
  Gross Amounts
Not Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
Subject to
Netting
Agreements
  Net
Amounts
 

Total asset derivatives:

 $5.3  $—    $5.3  $0.1  $0.1  $—   

Total liability derivatives:

  0.3   —     0.3   10.2   0.1   10.1 

 

 

July 1, 2023

 

 

July 2, 2022

 

(In millions)

 

Gross
Amounts
Presented
in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

 

 

Gross Amounts
Not Offset in
the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
Subject to
Netting
Agreements

 

 

Net
Amounts

 

 

Gross Amounts
Presented in
the Consolidated
Balance Sheet

 

 

Gross Amounts
Not Offset in
the Consolidated
Balance Sheet
Subject to
Netting
Agreements

 

 

Net
Amounts

 

Total asset derivatives:

 

$

21.7

 

 

$

(2.9

)

 

$

18.8

 

 

$

33.5

 

 

$

(2.1

)

 

$

31.4

 

Total liability derivatives:

 

 

(4.7

)

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

(1.8

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the fair value hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the unsecured borrowing spread to LIBORSOFR for the Company as well as that of the derivative

counterparties. Based on the lack of significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, the Company has concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.

There have been no transfers between levels in the hierarchy from July 2, 2016 to July 1, 2017.

Credit-risk-relatedCredit-Risk-Related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of July 1, 2017,2023, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments in a net liability position that contain contingent features was $0.3$1.8 million. As of July 1, 2017,2023, the Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle itsthe obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $0.3$1.8 million.

10.Insurance Program Liabilities

10.Insurance Program Liabilities

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability, workers’ compensation, and group medical insurance. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations. A summary of the activity in all types of deductible liabilities appears below:

(In millions)

 

 

 

Balance at June 27, 2020

 

$

181.8

 

Charged to costs and expenses

 

$

236.6

 

Payments

 

 

(240.3

)

Balance at July 3, 2021

 

$

178.1

 

Additional liabilities assumed in connection with an acquisition

 

 

40.8

 

Charged to costs and expenses

 

 

346.5

 

Payments

 

 

(338.4

)

Balance at July 2, 2022

 

$

227.0

 

Charged to costs and expenses

 

 

398.7

 

Payments

 

 

(382.6

)

Balance at July 1, 2023

 

$

243.1

 

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

(In millions)

    

Balance at June 28, 2014

   82.8 

Charged to costs and expenses

   127.6 

Payments

   (126.4
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 27, 2015

  $84.0 

Charged to costs and expenses

   146.7 

Payments

   (143.4
  

 

 

 

Balance at July 2, 2016

  $87.3 

Charged to costs and expenses

   165.2 

Payments

   (154.7
  

 

 

 

Balance at July 1, 2017

  $97.8 
  

 

 

 

11.Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt, which has a carrying value of $1,247.7$3,460.1 million and $1,111.6$3,908.8 million, is $1,258.3$3,338.2 million and $1,127.9$3,704.6 million at July 1, 20172023 and July 2, 2016,2022, respectively, and is determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is considered a Level 2 measurement.

63


12.Leases

12.Leases

SubsidiariesThe Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception and recognizes a financing or operating lease liability and right-of-use asset in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for both operating and finance leases are recognized based on present value of lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. When the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date to determine the present value of lease various warehousepayments. This rate was determined by using the yield curve based on the Company’s credit rating adjusted for the Company’s specific debt profile and office facilities and certain equipment under long-term operatingsecured debt risk. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The lease agreements that expire at various dates. Rent expenseexpenses for operatingthese short-term leases includes any rent increases, rent holidays, or landlord concessionsare recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of July 1,

2017, subsidiaries of the Company are obligated undernon-cancelable operating lease agreements to make future minimum lease payments as follows:

(In millions)

    

2018

  $91.2 

2019

   84.0 

2020

   70.9 

2021

   54.4 

2022

   40.7 

Thereafter

   97.2 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

  $438.4 
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for operating leases was $115.7 million for fiscal 2017, $105.7 million for fiscal 2016, and $97.0 million for fiscal 2015. A subsidiary of the Company has posted letters of credit as collateral supporting certain leases. These letters of credit are included in the total outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility as discussed in Note 8Debt.

Subsidiaries of the Company have residual value guarantees to its lessors under certain of its operating leases. These guarantees are discussed in Note 15Commitments and Contingencies. These residual value guarantees are not included in the above table of future minimum lease payments.

A subsidiary of the Company is a party to several capital leases. See Note 8Debt for discussion of these leases.

13.Income Taxes

Income tax expense for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 consisted of the following:

(In millions)

  For the
fiscal year ended
July 1, 2017
   For the
fiscal year ended
July 2, 2016
  For the
fiscal year ended
June 27, 2015
 

Current income tax expense:

     

Federal

  $45.8   $40.2  $40.7 

State

   9.3    6.4   5.5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

   55.1    46.6   46.2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

     

Federal

   3.6    (1.1  (7.5

State

   2.7    0.7   1.4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax benefit

   6.3    (0.4  (6.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax expense, net

  $61.4   $46.2  $40.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016, and fiscal 2015 is 39.0%, 40.3%, and 41.5%, respectively. Actual income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes as follows:

(In millions)

  For the fiscal
year ended

July 1, 2017
  For the fiscal
year ended
July 2, 2016
  For the fiscal
year ended
June 27, 2015
 

Federal income tax expense computed at statutory rate

  $55.2  $40.0  $33.8 

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

    

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   7.5   4.8   4.2 

Non-deductible expenses and other

   3.4   2.7   2.1 

Stock-based Compensation

   (4.7  (1.3  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax expense, net

  $61.4  $46.2  $40.1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carry-forwards. Temporary differences and carry-forwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

(In millions)

  As of
July 1, 2017
   As of
July 2, 2016
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $4.0   $3.7 

Inventories

   7.0    6.1 

Accrued employee benefits

   9.8    9.6 

Self-insurance reserves

   2.5    3.3 

Net operating loss carry-forwards

   4.2    5.4 

Stock-based compensation

   12.0    8.6 

Deferred rent

   1.0    1.0 

Other comprehensive income

   —      3.7 

Other assets

   2.6    3.3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

   43.1    44.7 

Less: Valuation allowance

   —      (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   43.1    44.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property, plant, and equipment

   86.8    75.5 

Other comprehensive income

   1.5    —   

Basis difference in intangible assets

   51.1    41.2 

Prepaid expenses

   6.5    8.9 

Other

   0.2    0.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   146.1    125.7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred income tax liability

  $103.0   $81.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The state net operating loss carry-forwards expire in years 2017 through 2037. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC740-10-25,Income Taxes—General—Recognition. The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:

(In millions)

    

Balance as of June 28, 2014

  $0.7 

Increases due to current year positions

   0.2 

Expiration of statutes of limitations

   —   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 27, 2015

   0.9 

Increases due to current year positions

   —   

Settlements with taxing authorities

   (0.1

Expiration of statutes of limitations

   (0.4
  

 

 

 

Balance as of July 2, 2016

   0.4 

Increases due to current year positions

   0.5 

Increases due to prior years positions

   0.6 

Expiration of statutes of limitations

   (0.2
  

 

 

 

Balance as of July 1, 2017

  $1.3 
  

 

 

 

Included in the balance as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, is $1.3 million ($1.2 million net of federal tax benefit) and $0.4 million ($0.3 million net of federal tax benefit), respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that could affect the effective tax rate for continuing operations. The balance in unrecognized tax benefits relates primarily to transfer pricing and state tax issues.

As of July 1, 2017, substantially all federal, state and local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2013. It is reasonably possible that a decrease of $0.1 million in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months because of statute of limitations expirations, $0.1 million of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016. Net interest expense of less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal benefit) was recognized in tax expense for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016, and fiscal 2015.

14.Retirement Plans

Employee Savings Plans

The Company sponsors the Performance Food Group Employee Savings Plan (the “PFG Savings Plan”). The PFG Savings Plan consists of two components: a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees (the “401(k) Plan”) and a profit sharing plan. Under the latter, the Company can make a discretionary contribution in a given year, although there is no requirement to do so, and no such contribution was made in fiscal years 2017 or 2016. As of January 1, 2009, the 401(k) plan merged with the Self-Directed Tax Advantaged Retirement (STAR) Plan of PFGC, Inc. (the “STAR Plan”). Employees participating in the 401(k) Plan may elect to contribute between 1% and 50% of their qualified compensation, up to a maximum dollar amount as specified by the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company matched 100% of the first 3.5% of the employee contributions, resulting in matching contributions of $16.5 million for fiscal 2017, $16.0 million for fiscal 2016, and $14.2 million for fiscal 2015. Associates eligible for the annual STAR Plan contribution (an annual amount based on the employee’s salary and years of service) as of December 31, 2008 were grandfathered for that contribution under the merged PFG Savings Plan. STAR Plan contributions made by the Company were $3.9 million for fiscal 2017, $4.2 million for fiscal 2016, and $4.0 million for fiscal 2015.

15.Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects and services totaling $15.9 million at July 1, 2017. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of July 1, 2017.

Withdrawn Multiemployer Pension Plans

Until May 2013, Performance Food Group, Inc. participated in the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States Pension Fund”), a multiemployer pension plan administered by the Teamsters Union, pursuant to which Performance Food Group, Inc. was required to make contributions on behalf of certain union employees. The Central States Pension Fund is underfunded and is in critical status as determined by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. In connection with a renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement that had previously required the Company’s participation in the Central States Pension Fund, the Company negotiated the termination of its participation in the Central States Pension Fund and the Company has withdrawn. The withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during the second quarter of fiscal 2015 to the Company’s total estimated withdrawal liability of $6.9 million. The Company has made total paymentsseveral lease agreements that contain lease and non-lease components, such as maintenance, taxes, and insurance, which are accounted for voluntary withdrawal of this plan inseparately. The difference between the amount of $1.5 million. As of July 1, 2017, the estimated outstanding withdrawal liability totaled $5.4 million.operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities primarily relates to adjustments for deferred rent, favorable leases, and prepaid rent.

Guarantees

Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating and finance leases including leases of buildings,for various warehouses, office facilities, equipment, tractors, and trailers. Our leases have remaining lease terms of less than 1 year to 20 years, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 10 years, and some of which include options to terminate the leases within 1 year. Certain full-service fleet lease agreements include variable lease payments associated with usage, which are recorded and paid as incurred. When calculating lease liabilities, lease terms will include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.

Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 7%6% and 20%20% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 45 to 87 years and expiration dates ranging from 20172023 to 2024.2030. As of July 1, 2017,2023, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for lease residual value guarantees totaled approximately $25.8$13.3 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at lease expiration.

The assessment as to whether it is probable that subsidiariesfollowing table presents the location of the Company will be required to make payments underright-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the terms of the guarantees is based upon their actual and expected loss experience. Consistent with the requirements of FASB ASC460-10-50,Guarantees-Overall-Disclosure, the Company has recorded $0.2 million of the potential future guarantee payments on itsCompany’s consolidated balance sheet as of July 1, 2017.2023 and July 2, 2022 (in millions), as well as the weighted-average lease term and discount rate for the Company’s leases:

Leases

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Location

 

As of
July 1, 2023

 

 

As of
July 2, 2022

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

$

703.6

 

 

$

623.4

 

Finance

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

566.2

 

 

 

463.8

 

Total lease assets

 

 

 

$

1,269.8

 

 

$

1,087.2

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Operating lease obligations—current installments

 

$

105.5

 

 

$

111.0

 

Finance

 

Finance lease obligations—current installments

 

 

102.6

 

 

 

79.9

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Operating lease obligations, excluding current installments

 

 

628.9

 

 

 

530.8

 

Finance

 

Finance lease obligations, excluding current installments

 

 

447.3

 

 

 

366.7

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

 

$

1,284.3

 

 

$

1,088.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

8.7 years

 

 

8.2 years

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

5.7 years

 

 

5.7 years

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

 

4.7

%

 

 

3.9

%

Finance leases

 

 

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

3.7

%

The following table presents the location of lease costs in the Company consolidated statement of operations for the periods reported (in millions):

64


 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended

 

Lease Cost

 

Statement of Operations Location

 

July 1, 2023

 

 

July 2, 2022

 

 

July 3, 2021

 

Finance lease cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of finance lease assets

 

Operating expenses

 

$

88.4

 

 

$

71.8

 

 

$

37.0

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

Interest expense

 

 

19.6

 

 

 

16.4

 

 

 

13.0

 

Total finance lease cost

 

 

 

$

108.0

 

 

$

88.2

 

 

$

50.0

 

Operating lease cost

 

Operating expenses

 

 

147.9

 

 

 

149.3

 

 

 

108.4

 

Short-term lease cost

 

Operating expenses

 

 

73.7

 

 

 

51.6

 

 

 

23.7

 

Total lease cost

 

 

 

$

329.6

 

 

$

289.1

 

 

$

182.1

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the periods reported is as follows (in millions):

 

 

Fiscal year ended

 

(In millions)

 

July 1, 2023

 

 

July 2, 2022

 

 

July 3, 2021

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

135.7

 

 

$

134.5

 

 

$

100.5

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

 

19.6

 

 

 

16.4

 

 

 

13.0

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

88.5

 

 

 

72.1

 

 

 

37.9

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

201.3

 

 

 

75.0

 

 

 

92.5

 

Finance leases

 

 

191.8

 

 

 

109.4

 

 

 

125.6

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases as of July 1, 2023, are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Finance Leases

 

2024

 

$

137.3

 

 

$

124.7

 

2025

 

 

125.6

 

 

 

116.7

 

2026

 

 

106.0

 

 

 

112.0

 

2027

 

 

96.5

 

 

 

96.1

 

2028

 

 

85.6

 

 

 

71.1

 

Thereafter

 

 

372.9

 

 

 

105.3

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

$

923.9

 

 

$

625.9

 

Less: Interest

 

 

189.5

 

 

 

76.0

 

Present value of future minimum lease payments

 

$

734.4

 

 

$

549.9

 

As of July 1, 2023, the Company had additional operating and finance leases that had not yet commenced which total $451.8 million in future minimum lease payments. Subsequent to July 1, 2023, the Company executed an operating lease that has not yet commenced which totals $355.1 million in future minimum lease payments. These leases relate primarily to build-to-suit warehouse leases which will replace existing distribution centers and will commence upon building completion with terms of 15 to 25 years. In addition, these leases include vehicle leases expected to commence in fiscal 2024 with lease terms of 3 to 10 years.

13.Income Taxes

The determination of the Company’s overall effective tax rate requires significant judgment, the use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. The effective tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in various federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions. Tax law changes, increases and decreases in temporary and permanent differences between book and tax

65


items, tax credits, and the Company’s change in income in each jurisdiction all affect the overall effective tax rate. It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

Income tax expense (benefit) for fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 consisted of the following:

(In millions)

 

For the fiscal
year ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

For the fiscal
year ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

For the fiscal
year ended
July 3, 2021

 

Current income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

95.3

 

 

$

38.2

 

 

$

(10.6

)

State

 

 

28.8

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

3.4

 

Foreign

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

-

 

Total current income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

126.8

 

 

 

49.8

 

 

 

(7.2

)

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

17.8

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

19.9

 

State

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

1.3

 

Foreign

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

-

 

Total deferred income tax expense

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

21.2

 

Total income tax expense (benefit), net

 

$

146.8

 

 

$

54.6

 

 

$

14.0

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 was 27.0%, 32.7%, and 25.6%, respectively. Actual income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal statutory corporate income tax rate of 21% in fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 2021 to earnings before income taxes as follows:

(In millions)

 

For the fiscal
year ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

For the fiscal
year ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

For the fiscal
year ended
July 3, 2021

 

Federal income tax expense computed at statutory rate

 

$

114.2

 

 

$

35.1

 

 

$

11.5

 

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

 

25.3

 

 

 

13.1

 

 

 

4.1

 

Foreign taxes

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible expenses and other

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

9.6

 

 

 

2.1

 

 Net Operating Loss Carryback - Rate Differential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2.1

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(1.5

)

Other

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Total income tax expense, net

 

$

146.8

 

 

$

54.6

 

 

$

14.0

 

66


Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carryforwards. Temporary differences and carry-forwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

(In millions)

 

As of
July 1, 2023

 

 

As of
July 2, 2022

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

9.3

 

 

$

8.7

 

Inventories

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

7.4

 

Accrued employee benefits

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

26.9

 

Insurance reserves

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.6

 

Net operating loss carry-forwards

 

 

8.5

 

 

 

10.3

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

10.1

 

Lease obligations

 

 

132.9

 

 

 

137.2

 

Tax credit carry-forwards

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

4.0

 

Other assets

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

6.7

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

180.6

 

 

 

214.9

 

Less: Valuation allowance

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(2.6

)

Total net deferred tax assets

 

 

178.5

 

 

 

212.3

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment

 

 

310.7

 

 

 

307.8

 

 Right of use assets

 

 

131.4

 

 

 

140.5

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

3.9

 

Basis difference in intangible assets

 

 

93.9

 

 

 

102.3

 

Inventories

 

 

82.6

 

 

 

81.3

 

Branch Taxes

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

0.7

 

Other Liabilities

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.1

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

624.7

 

 

 

636.6

 

Total net deferred income tax liability

 

$

446.2

 

 

$

424.3

 

67


The Company has taken current and future expirations into consideration when evaluating the need for valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. State net operating loss carry-forwards generally expire in fiscal years 2023 through 2042. Certain state net operating losses generated in fiscal year 2021 and after have an indefinite carry-forward period. For the fiscal years ending July 1, 2023 and July 2, 2022 the Company established a valuation allowance of $2.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively, net of federal tax benefit, against deferred tax assets related to certain net operating loss and state tax credit carry-forwards which are not likely to be realized due to limitations on utilization.

The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income Taxes—General—Recognition. Included in the balances as of July 1, 2023 and July 2, 2022, is $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that could affect the effective tax rate for continuing operations. The balance in unrecognized tax benefits relates primarily to state tax issues and non-deductible expenses. The Company does not anticipate that changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months will have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.

As of July 1, 2023, substantially all federal, state and local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years prior to fiscal year 2014. The Internal Revenue Service commenced an audit with respect to the loss for fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 and the carryback to the prior five tax years. The audit was ongoing at the end of fiscal 2023.

14.Retirement Plans

Employee Savings Plans

The Company sponsors the Performance Food Group Employee Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). Eligible U.S. and Canadian employees participating in the 401(k) Plan may elect to contribute between 1% and 50% of their qualified compensation, up to a maximum dollar amount as specified by the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code in the U.S. or Income Tax Act in Canada, as applicable. The Company matched 100% of the first 3.5% of the employee contributions, resulting in matching contributions of $52.0 million for fiscal 2023, $42.3 million for fiscal 2022, and $36.4 million for fiscal 2021.

Beginning in May 2022, Core-Mark employees transitioned to the Company’s 401(k) Plan. Prior to May 2022,Core-Mark maintained defined-contribution plans in the U.S., subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and in Canada, subject to the Income Tax Act. For fiscal 2022, the Company made matching contributions of $4.2 million to this plan.

15.Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders of$163.4 million related to capital projects and services including purchases of compressed natural gas for its trucking fleet at July 1, 2023. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of July 1, 2023.

Guarantees

The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i)certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use of the applicable premises; (ii)certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees under which the Companymay be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii)customer agreements under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the supplied products.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is engaged in various legal proceedings that have arisen but have not been fully adjudicated. The likelihood of loss forarising from these legal proceedings, based on definitions within contingency accounting literature, ranges from remote to reasonably possible to probable. When losses are probable and reasonably estimable, they have been accrued. Based on estimates of

68


the range of potential losses associated with these matters, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company. However, the final results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and, if the Company failed to prevail in one or more of these legal matters, and the associated realized losses were to exceed the Company’s current estimates of the range of potential losses, the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations could be materially adversely affected in future periods.

U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission LawsuitJUUL Labs, Inc. Marketing Sales Practices, and Products Liability Litigation. In October 2019, a Multidistrict Litigation action (“MDL”) was initiated in order to centralize litigation against JUUL Labs, Inc. (“JUUL”) and other parties in connection with JUUL’s e-cigarettes and related devices and components in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. On March 2009,11, 2020, counsel for plaintiffs and the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission,Plaintiffs’ Steering Committee filed a Master Complaint in the MDL ("Master Complaint") naming, among several other entities and individuals including JUUL, Altria Group, Inc., Philip Morris USA, Inc., Altria Client Services LLC, Altria Group Distribution Company, Altria Enterprises LLC, certain members of management and/or individual investors in JUUL, various e-liquid manufacturers, and various retailers, including the Company’s subsidiaries Eby-Brown and Core-Mark, as defendants. The Master Complaint also named additional distributors of JUUL products (collectively with Eby-Brown and Core-Mark, the “Distributor Defendants”). The Master Complaint contains various state law claims and alleges that the Distributor Defendants: (i) failed to disclose JUUL’s nicotine contents or the “EEOC,” Field Office served usrisks associated; (ii) pushed a product designed for a youth market; (iii) engaged with company-wide (excluding, however, our VistarJUUL in planning and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relatingmarketing its product in a manner designed to alleged violationsmaximize the flow of JUUL products; (iv) met with JUUL management in San Francisco, California to further these business dealings; and (v) received incentives and business development funds for marketing and efficient sales. Individual plaintiffs may also file separate and abbreviated Short Form Complaints (“SFC”) that incorporate the allegations in the Master Complaint. JUUL and Eby-Brown are parties to a Domestic Wholesale Distribution Agreement dated March 10, 2020 (the "Distribution Agreement"), and JUUL has agreed to defend and indemnify Eby-Brown under the terms of that agreement and is paying Eby-Brown’s outside counsel fees directly. In addition, Core-Mark and JUUL have entered into a Defense and Indemnity Agreement dated March 8, 2021 (the "Defense Agreement") pursuant to which JUUL has agreed to defend and indemnify Core-Mark, and JUUL is paying Core-Mark’s outside counsel fees directly.

On September 3, 2020, the Cherokee Nation filed a parallel lawsuit in Oklahoma state court against several entities, including JUUL, e-liquid manufacturers, various retailers, and various distributors, including Eby-Brown and Core-Mark, alleging similar claims to the claims at issue in the MDL (the “Oklahoma Litigation”). The defendants in the Oklahoma Litigation attempted to transfer the case into the MDL, but a federal court in Oklahoma remanded the case to Oklahoma state court before the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation effectuated the transfer of the Equal Pay ActMDL, which means the Oklahoma Litigation is no longer eligible for transfer to the MDL. Since then, parties agreed to stay the Oklahoma Litigation and Title VIIproceed to mediation after the Oklahoma Supreme Court held that public nuisance claims cannot be brought in consumer products cases. On October 25, 2022, JUUL notified the Company that JUUL had reached a settlement agreement that will resolve the Oklahoma Litigation. On November 9, 2022, an order was entered dismissing the Oklahoma litigation, with prejudice, pursuant to the settlement.

On December 6, 2022, JUUL announced that it had reached settlements with the plaintiffs in the MDL and related cases that had been consolidated in the U.S. District Court for Northern District of California (the “MDL Settlement”). On January 18, 2023, the Civil Rights Act (“Title VII”), seeking certain information from January 1, 2004parties who were set to a specified dateparticipate in the first fiscal quarterround of 2009. In August 2009,bellwether trials in the EEOC moved to enforceMDL submitted a joint status filing with the subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and we opposed the motion. In February 2010,which they notified the court ruled thatof, among other things, the subpoena related tosettlement JUUL reached with the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide but on a narrower scopeplaintiffs (the “Joint Status Filing”). Per the settlement agreement, the MDL Settlement encompasses the various personal injury, consumer class action, government entity, and Native American tribe claims made against JUUL and includes, among others, all of data than the original subpoena sought (the court ruled thatDistributor Defendants (including Core-Mark and Eby-Brown) as released parties; however, the subpoena wasrelease applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of our broadline distribution centers only andDistributor Defendants, as well as certain other defendants, will not take effect until after JUUL makes the first settlement payment required in the settlement agreement to our PFG Customized distribution centers). We cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information. In September 2011, the EEOC notified us that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violationsa settlement trust account. That payment is due forty-five days after final approval of the Equal Pay Act. In determinations issued in September 2012MDL Settlement is entered by the EEOCcourt. The court held a final approval hearing on August 9, 2023. As a result of the MDL Settlement, all scheduling order dates (e.g., discovery and motion deadlines and the bellwether trial dates) in the MDL have been stayed with respect to Eby-Brown and Core-Mark.

On September 10, 2021, Michael Lumpkins filed a parallel lawsuit in Illinois state court against several entities, including JUUL, e-liquid manufacturers, various retailers, and various distributors, including Eby-Brown and Core-Mark, alleging similar claims to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that we engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positions within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within our broadline division in violation of Title VII. In June 2013, the EEOC filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against us. The litigation concerns two issues: (1) whether we unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and (2) whether we unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC because of her being female. The EEOC seeks the following reliefclaims at issue in the lawsuit: (1) to permanently enjoin us from denying employment to female applicants becauseMDL (the “Illinois Litigation”). Because there is no federal jurisdiction for this case, it will proceed in Illinois state court. Plaintiff alleges as damages that his use of their sex and denying promotions to female employees because of their sex; (2)JUUL products caused a court order mandatingbrain injury that we institute and carry out policies, procedures, practices and programs which provide equal employment opportunities for females; (3) back pay with prejudgment interest and compensatory damages for a former female employee and an alleged class of aggrieved female applicants; (4) punitive damages; and (5) costs.was later exacerbated by medical negligence. The court bifurcated the litigation into two phases. In the first phase, the jury will decide whether we engaged inhas entered a gender-based pattern and practice of discrimination and the individual claims of one former employee. If the EEOC prevails on all countscase management schedule, with a trial tentatively scheduled to take place in the first phase, no monetary relief would be awarded, except possiblycalendar quarter of 2024. Eby-Brown and Core-Mark have filed a substantive motion to dismiss. The parties are engaged in discovery. The defense and indemnity of Eby-Brown and Core-Mark for the single individual’s claims, which would be immaterial. The remaining individual claims would then be triedIllinois Litigation is covered by the Distribution Agreement and the Defense Agreement, respectively. At this time, JUUL has not indicated that the Illinois Litigation is included under the MDL Settlement. If the Illinois Litigation is not resolved pursuant to the MDL Settlement or otherwise, the Company will continue to vigorously defend itself.

69


On June 23, 2022, the FDA announced it had issued marketing denial orders (“MDOs”) to JUUL for all of its products currently marketed and sold in the second phase. U.S. According to the FDA, the MDOs banned the distribution and sale of all JUUL products domestically. That same day, JUUL filed a petition for review of the MDOs with the United States Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit. On June 24, 2022, the court of appeals stayed the MDOs and issued a briefing schedule in the case. Thereafter, JUUL informed the FDA that per applicable regulations it would submit a request for supervisory review of the MDOs to the FDA. In response, the FDA notified JUUL that upon further review of the briefing JUUL made to the court of appeals, the FDA determined there are scientific issues unique to JUUL’s Pre-Market Tobacco Application (“PMTA”) that warrant additional review. Accordingly, the FDA entered an administrative stay of the MDOs. If the FDA ultimately decides to maintain or re-issue the MDOs, the administrative stay will remain in place for an additional thirty days to provide JUUL the opportunity to seek further judicial relief. JUUL and the FDA filed a joint motion with the court of appeals to hold the petition for review in abeyance on July 6, 2022, which the court of appeals granted on July 7, 2022.

At this stage in the proceedings,time, the Company cannot estimate eitheris unable to predict whether the number of individual trials that could occur inFDA will approve JUUL’s PMTA or re-issue the second phase ofMDOs, nor is the litigation or the value of those claims. For these reasons, we are unableCompany able to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in the event of an adverse finding against JUUL in the first and second phasesany case that falls outside of the litigation. The parties are engaged in discovery. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves.MDL Settlement.

Wilder, et al. v. Roma Food Enterprises, Inc., et al. In October 2014, three former delivery drivers who worked in our former Roma of New Jersey warehouse in Piscataway, New Jersey filed a class action lawsuit in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Middlesex County against us. The lawsuit alleges on behalf of a proposed class of delivery drivers who worked in our Roma, broadline and Vistar facilities in New Jersey from October 2012 to the present that, under New Jersey state law, we failed to pay minimum wages and overtime compensation to the delivery drivers in these facilities. The lawsuit seeks the following relief: (1) award of unpaid minimum wages and overtime under New Jersey state law; (2) an injunction preventing us from

committing the alleged violation; (3) a declaration from the court that the alleged violations were knowing and willful; (4) reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs; and(5) pre-judgment and post-judgment interest. The case is in the preliminary phases of discovery, and no class has been certified.

On October 4, 2016, we engaged in mediation with the plaintiffs, and on October 25, 2016, we indicated ournon-binding agreement to settle the lawsuit on the basis of a settlement fund of $2.3 million, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement agreement. On February 1, 2017, the parties filed a motion for preliminary approval of the settlement stipulation with the Court, and a hearing on that motion occurred on March 1, 2017, during which the court requested additional pleadings from the parties and continued the motion for preliminary approval until such pleadings were filed. The court held another hearing on the motion for preliminary approval on June 19, 2017, at which time preliminary approval was granted. Notice of the settlement stipulation was issued to the settlement class members on or about July 17, 2017. The notice period will close on October 6, 2017, and the final approval hearing has been set for November 6, 2017. Should the parties fail to receive final court approval, which is unanticipated, we intend to vigorously defend ourselves. As of July 1, 2017 the Company has accrued $2.3 million for this settlement.

Tax Liabilities

The Company is subject to customary audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where it conducts business in the United States and Canada, which may result in assessments of additional taxes.

16.Related-Party Transactions

16.Related-Party Transactions

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

The Company is a party to an advisory fee agreement pursuant to which affiliates of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”) and affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management (“Wellspring”) provide management certain strategic and structuring advice and certain monitoring, advising, and consulting services to the Company. The advisory fee agreement provides for the payment by the Company of an annual advisory fee and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses. The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year. The payments made under this agreement, which includes reimbursable expenses incurred by Blackstone and Wellspring, totaled $5.6 million, $5.0 million, and $4.7 million, for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016, and fiscal 2015, respectively.

Under its terms, this agreement will terminate no later than October 6, 2017.

The Company also paid $0.6 million in advisory expenses to an affiliate of Blackstone in fiscal 2016 related to capital market advisory services provided to the Company. In addition, an affiliate of Blackstone received a $1.1 million underwriter’s discount in the IPO and a $0.3 million initial purchaser’s discount in the Notes offering.

Other

The Company does business with certain other affiliates of Blackstone. In fiscal 2017, the Company recorded sales of approximately $40.1 million to certain of these affiliate companies compared to sales of $47.4 million for fiscal 2016 and $34.8 million for fiscal 2015. The Company also recorded purchases from certain of these affiliate companies of approximately $10.5 million in fiscal 2017, $2.3 million in fiscal 2016, and $2.7 million in fiscal 2015. The Company does not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring.

The Company participates in a group purchasing organization for the purchase of certain products and services from third-party vendors. In connection with purchases by its participants (including the Company), the

purchasing organization receives a commission from the vendors in respect of such purchases. Blackstone has entered into a separate agreement with the purchasing organization whereby Blackstone receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to the purchasing organization based on the volume of purchases made by the Company. Our purchases through the purchasing organization were $26.8 million in fiscal 2017, $28.2 million in fiscal 2016, and $25.1 million in fiscal 2015.

The Company participates in, and has an equity method investment in, a purchasing alliance that was formed to obtain better pricing, to expand product options, to reduce internal costs, and to achieve greater inventory turnover. The Company’s investment in the purchasing alliance was $4.6$9.9 million as of July 1, 20172023, and $3.1$8.7 million as of July 2, 2016.2022. For fiscal 2017,2023, fiscal 2016,2022, and fiscal 2015,2021, the Company recorded purchases of $802.8$2,006.2 million, $514.8$1,858.4 million, and $294.3$1,300.2 million, respectively, through the purchasing alliance.

17.Earnings Per Common Share

An affiliate of Blackstone had held a portion of the Term Facility prior to it being paid in full and terminated during fiscal 2016. The Company paid approximately $0.9 million and $1.5 million in interest related to fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, respectively, to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility.

17.Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPSearnings per common share is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. The Company’s potential common shares include outstanding stock-based compensation awards and expected issuable shares under the employee stock purchase plan. In computing diluted EPS,earnings per common share, the average closing stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased with the assumed proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the treasury stock method. For fiscal 2017,No potential common shares were considered antidultive for the fiscal years ended July 1, 2023 and July 3, 2021. Potential common shares of 600,6580.1 million for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2022 were not included in computing diluted earnings per common share because the effect would have been antidilutive.

For fiscal 2015, the Company’s calculation of weighted-average number of common shares includes Class A and Class B common stock. All shares of Class A and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences, and privileges in respect of dividends.

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPSearnings per common share computations is as follows:

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

  For the fiscal
year ended
July 1, 2017
   For the fiscal
year ended
July 2, 2016
   For the fiscal
year ended
June 27, 2015
 

Numerator:

      

Net Income

  $96.3   $68.3   $56.5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

   100,236,486    96,451,931    86,874,727 

Dilutive effect of share-based awards

   2,800,237    1,676,695    738,971 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding

   103,036,723    98,128,626    87,613,698 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

  $0.96   $0.71   $0.65 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

  $0.93   $0.70   $0.64 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

Fiscal Year Ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended
July 3, 2021

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

112.5

 

 

$

40.7

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

 

154.2

 

 

 

149.8

 

 

 

132.1

 

Dilutive effect of potential common shares

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.3

 

Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding

 

 

156.1

 

 

 

151.3

 

 

 

133.4

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

2.58

 

 

$

0.75

 

 

$

0.31

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

2.54

 

 

$

0.74

 

 

$

0.30

 

18.Stock-based Compensation

Performance Food Group18.Stock-based Compensation

The Company provides compensation benefits to employees andnon-employee directors not employed by Blackstone and Wellspring under several share basedshare-based payment arrangements. These arrangements are designed to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing

70


employees and consultantsnon-employee directors who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company.

The Company also provides an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) which allows eligible employees the opportunity to acquire shares of common stock, at a 15% discount on the fair market value as of the date of purchase, through periodic payroll deductions. The ESPP is considered compensatory for federal income tax purposes. The Company recorded $4.2 million, $3.7 million, and $2.6 million of stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 2021, respectively, attributable to the ESPP.

The Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”)

The 2007 Option Plan allowsallowed for the granting of awards to current and future employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified options. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan arewere determined by the Board of Directors. The contractual term of the options is ten years. There are 6,445,982 shares of common stock reserved for issuances underyears. The Company no longer grants awards from this plan and no options were granted from the 2007 Option Plan and 536,849 shares available for grant as of July 1, 2017. Although there are shares available for grant under the 2007 Option Plan, the Company does not intend to grant new awards from this plan.

in fiscal 2023, 2022 or 2021. Each of the employee awards under the 2007 Option Plan iswas divided into three equal portions. Tranche I options arewere subject to time vesting. Tranche II and Tranche III options arewere subject to both time and performance vesting, including performance criteria based on the internal rate of return and sponsor cash inflows as outlined in the 2007 Option Plan. Prior to the amendment discussed below, the Company’s assessment of the performance criteria indicated that satisfaction of the performance criteria was not probable and therefore, no compensation expense had been recognized for Tranche II and Tranche III options.

The 2007 Option Plan had repurchase rights that generally allowed the Company to repurchase shares, at the current fair value following a participant’s retirement or a participant’s termination of employment by the Company other than for “cause” and at the lower of the original exercise price or current fair value following any termination of employment by the Company for “cause,” resignation of the participant, or in the event a participant resigns because of retirement and subsequently breaches thenon-competition ornon-solicitation covenant within one year of such participant’s termination. Because of the existence of the repurchase rights, the weighted average service period had exceeded the contractual term of the options. However, the repurchase option feature of this plan terminated upon the date of our IPO. Therefore, the Company’s management determined that the requisite service period should be reduced from 10.7 years to the 5 year service vesting period. As a result, compensation costs of $3.8 million were recorded in fiscal 2016 related to this change for Tranche I awards.

On July 30, 2015, the Company approved amendments to the 2007 Option Plan to modify the vesting terms of all of the Tranche II and Tranche III options granted pursuant to the 2007 Option Plan. These options will continue to vest based on a combination of time and performance vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition did not change and will continue to be satisfied with respect to 20% of the shares underlying these options annually, based on the participant’s continued employment with the Company. The performance-based vesting condition was reduced to reflect changes in the macro-economic conditions following the 2008 recession.

In addition, as part of the amendments to the 2007 Option Plan, the Company further evaluated its outstanding options, and in light of the concern that the Tranche II and III options had performance targets that may not be met before the expiration of such options, individuals holding these unvested time and performance-vesting options were allowed the right to exercise such options into restricted shares of the Company’s common stock and to receive a new grant of time and performance-vesting options. On September 30, 2015, 3.73 million options were exchanged for 2.27 million restricted shares and 1.46 million new options.

Based on management’s assessment of the probability associated with the underlying conditions of the amended Tranche II and III awards, the Company believes that, following the amendments, there is a reasonable possibility that the performance targets could be met. The Company engaged an unrelated specialist to assist in the process of determining the fair value based measure of the modified awards. Based on management’s evaluation, the estimate of the possible compensation expense is approximately $52.0 million, of which $15.3 million has been recognized through fiscal 2017 and approximately $10.2 million will be recognized within the next two years. The remaining $26.5 million of compensation expense will be recognized when the Company concludes that it is probable that certain performance conditions will be met.

No Tranche I options were granted from the 2007 Option Plan in fiscal 2017. The Company estimated the fair value of the Tranche I time vesting options granted in the fiscal years below using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

   For the fiscal year
ended July 2, 2016
  For the fiscal year
ended June 27, 2015
 

Risk-free Interest Rate

   1.72  2.11

Dividend Yield

   0.00  4.13

Expected Volatility

   38.00  37.00

Expected Term (in years)

   6.5   10 

Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted

  $8.99  $4.27 

The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected holding period. The Company assumed a dividend yield of zero percent when valuing the grants in fiscal 2016 under the 2007 Option Plan because the Company announced that it did not intend to pay dividends on its common stock. For grants in fiscal year 2015, the Company assumed a dividend yield based on the historical payment of dividends over prior fiscal years. Expected volatility is based on the expected volatilities of comparable peer companies that are publicly traded. The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company historically estimated the expected term to be the contractual term of the options given the repurchase rights detailed in the 2007 Option Plan. For grants in fiscal 2016, the Company elected to use the simplified method to estimate the expected holding period because we did not have sufficient information to understand post vesting exercise behavior.

No Tranche II and III options were granted from the 2007 Option Plan in fiscal 2017. With the assistance of a specialist, the Company estimated the fair value of the Tranche II and III options and restricted shares with a market condition using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following weighted average assumptions:

   For the fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 
   Options  Market Condition
Restricted Shares
 

Risk-free Interest Rate

   1.23  1.23

Dividend Yield

   0.00  0.00

Expected Volatility

   30.00  30.00

Expected Term (in years)

   6.38   2.71 

Weighted Average Fair Value of Awards Granted

  $4.20  $8.43 

The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected holding period. The Company assumed a dividend yield of zero percent when valuing the grants in fiscal 2016 under the 2007 Option Plan because the Company announced that it does not intend to pay dividends on its common stock. Expected volatility is based on the historical equity volatility of comparable peer companies that are publicly traded. This historical equity volatility wasun-levered using the company specific capital structure of the comparable peer companies and wasre-levered using the capital structure of the Company. The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding, as determined with the assistance of a specialist based on the vesting term and contractual term.

In total, compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Option Plan was $6.7 million, $13.2 million and $1.0 million for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, respectively, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was $2.6 million, $5.1 million and $0.4 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The total unrecognized compensation cost the Company has concluded that is probable for all tranches under the 2007 Option Plan is $10.7 million as of July 1, 2017. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for fiscal 20172023 under the 2007 Option Plan.

   Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

(in millions)
 

Outstanding as of July 2, 2016

   3,515,913  $13.10     

Granted

   —    $—       

Exercised

   (711,067 $5.73     

Forfeited

   (55,573 $17.42     

Expired

   (3,232 $14.94     
  

 

 

      

Outstanding as of July 1, 2017

   2,746,041  $14.92    6.07   $34.3 
  

 

 

      

Vested or expected to vest as of July 1, 2017

   2,746,041  $14.92    6.07   $34.3 
  

 

 

      

Exercisable as of July 1, 2017

   947,471  $8.62    2.66   $17.8 
  

 

 

      

 

 

Number of
Options

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)

 

Outstanding as of July 2, 2022

 

 

673,842

 

 

$

18.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(85,687

)

 

$

16.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of July 1, 2023

 

 

588,155

 

 

$

19.13

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

$

24.2

 

Vested or expected to vest as of July 1, 2023

 

 

588,155

 

 

$

19.13

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

$

24.2

 

Exercisable as of July 1, 2023

 

 

588,155

 

 

$

19.13

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

$

24.2

 

The intrinsic value of exercised options was $14.4$3.6 million, in fiscal 2017$2.4 million, and $5.7$4.7 million in fiscal 2016.

The following table summarizes the changes in nonvested restricted shares for fiscal 2017 under the 2007 Option Plan.2023, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 2021, respectively.

   Shares   Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 

Nonvested as of July 2, 2016

   2,232,874   $8.43 

Vested

   —     $—   

Forfeited

   (52,596  $8.36 
  

 

 

   

Nonvested as of July 1, 2017

   2,180,278   $8.36 
  

 

 

   

The Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”)

In July 2015, the Company approved the 2015 Incentive Plan. The 2015 Incentive Plan allows for the granting of awards to current employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2015 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. There are 4,850,0008,850,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 Incentive Plan, includingnon-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares (service-based(time-based and performance-based), restricted stock units, and other equity based or cash-based awards. As of July 1, 2017,2023, there are 2,779,8703,916,455 shares available for grant under the 2015 Incentive Plan. The contractual term of the options granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan is ten years.years.

OptionsShares of time-based restricted stock granted in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2022 and service-based restricted sharesfiscal 2023 vest ratably over four yearsthe requisite service period. Additionally, in fiscal 2021, one-time grants of shares of time-based restricted stock, which vest at the end of a three year period, were issued. No stock options were granted from the date of grant.2015 Incentive Plan in fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022 or fiscal 2021. Performance-based restricted shares granted vest upon the achievement of a specified Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), a performance condition, and a specified Relative Total Shareholder Return (“Relative TSR”), a market condition, at the end of a three year performance period. Actual shares earned range from 0%0% to 150%200% of the initial grant, depending upon performance relative to the ROIC and Relative TSR goals.goal. Restricted stock units and deferred stock units granted to non-employee directors vest in full on the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the next regularly scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company.

The fair values of service-basedtime-based restricted shares, restricted stock units, and restricted shares with a performance conditiondeferred stock units were based on the Company’s closing stock price as of the date of grant. With

71


The Company, with the assistance of a specialist,third-party valuation expert, estimated the fair value of 111,494performance-based restricted shares with a Relative TSR market condition granted in fiscal 2017 with a market condition was estimated2021, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 2023 using a Monte Carlo simulation which approximated 92% of the Company’s stock price on the date of grant.

The Company estimated the fair value of options granted in the fiscal years below using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted averageweighted-average assumptions:

 

 

For the fiscal year
ended July 1, 2023

 

 

For the fiscal year
ended July 2, 2022

 

 

For the fiscal year
ended July 3, 2021

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate

 

 

3.31

%

 

 

0.45

%

 

 

0.16

%

Dividend Yield

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

Expected Volatility

 

 

75.45

%

 

 

71.76

%

 

 

67.66

%

Expected Term (in years)

 

 

2.84

 

 

 

2.83

 

 

 

2.87

 

Fair Value of Awards Granted

 

$

68.06

 

 

$

62.34

 

 

$

47.55

 

   For the fiscal year
ended July 1, 2017
  For the fiscal year
ended July 2, 2016
 

Risk-free Interest Rate

   1.30  1.56

Dividend Yield

   0.00  0.00

Expected Volatility

   33.00  37.94

Expected Term (in years)

   6.25   6.25 

Weighted Average Fair Value of Awards Granted

  $9.10  $7.55 

The risk-free interest rate is based on a zero-coupon risk-free interest rate derived from the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturities yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected holding period.term. The Company assumed a dividend yield of zero percent when valuing the grants in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 under the 2015 Incentive Plan because the Company announced that it does not intend to pay dividends on its common stock. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company for the expected volatilities of comparable peer companies that are publicly traded.term. The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expectedfrom the date of grant to be outstanding. The Company elected to use the simplified method to estimateend of the expected holding period because we do not have sufficient information to understand post vesting exercise behavior. As such, we will continue to use this methodology until such time we have sufficient history to provide a reasonable basis on which to estimate the expected term.three-year performance period.

The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2015 Incentive Plan was $10.6$34.4 million for fiscal 2017, $4.02023, $27.6 million for fiscal 20162022, and $0.2$22.8 million for fiscal 2015,2021, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was $4.1$9.3 million in fiscal 2017, $1.62023, $7.4 million in fiscal 20162022, and $0.1$6.1 million in fiscal 2015.2021. Total unrecognized compensation cost for all awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan is $21.4$40.0 million as of July 1, 2017.2023. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.71.8 years.

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for fiscal 20172023 under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

   Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(in millions)
 

Outstanding as of July 2, 2016

   130,225  $19.09     

Granted

   448,719  $26.17     

Exercised

   (4,227 $19.00     

Forfeited

   —    $—       
  

 

 

      

Outstanding as of July 1, 2017

   574,717  $24.62    8.94   $1.6 
  

 

 

      

Vested or expected to vest as of July 1, 2017

   574,717  $24.62    8.94   $1.6 
  

 

 

      

Exercisable as of July 1, 2017

   30,292  $19.10    8.26   $0.3 
  

 

 

      

 

 

Number of
Options

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

 

Outstanding as of July 2, 2022

 

 

722,959

 

 

$

27.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(60,402

)

 

$

28.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of July 1, 2023

 

 

662,557

 

 

$

27.62

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

$

21.6

 

Vested or expected to vest as of July 1, 2023

 

 

662,557

 

 

$

27.62

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

$

21.6

 

Exercisable as of July 1, 2023

 

 

662,557

 

 

$

27.62

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

$

21.6

 

The intrinsic value of exercised options was $1.8 million, $0.8 million, and $1.4 million for fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021, respectively.

The following table summarizes the changes in nonvested restricted shares and restricted stock units for fiscal 20172023 under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

  Shares   Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value

 

Nonvested as of July 2, 2016

   891,447   $18.31 

Nonvested as of July 2, 2022

 

 

1,688,339

 

 

$

41.64

 

Granted

   593,032   $25.86 

 

 

686,586

 

 

$

54.99

 

Vested

   (354,618  $17.69 

 

 

(610,242

)

 

$

41.48

 

Forfeited

   (19,404  $21.51 

 

 

(112,554

)

 

$

48.72

 

  

 

   

Nonvested as of July 1, 2017

   1,110,457   $22.50 
  

 

   

Nonvested as of July 1, 2023

 

 

1,652,129

 

 

$

46.76

 

The total fair value of shares vested duringwas $32.0 million, $21.7 million, and $13.7 million for fiscal 20172023, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 20162021, respectively.

The Core-Mark 2010 and 2019 Long Term Incentive Plans

In connection with the Core-Mark acquisition, the Company assumed the outstanding stock-based compensation awards from Core-Mark’s 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan. On September 1, 2021, each outstanding

72


time-based restricted stock unit (“RSU”) held by a non-employee director of Core-Mark was cancelled and converted into the right to receive 0.44 shares of Company common stock (“Exchange Ratio”) and $23.875 in cash, without interest (“Per-Share Cash Amount”). Time-based RSUs held by Core-Mark employees were $9.2converted to Company RSUs based on the prescribed ratio in the merger agreement. The ratio was calculated as the sum of the Exchange Ratio plus the quotient of the Per-Share Cash Amount divided by the volume weighted average sale price of Company common stock for the ten full consecutive trading days ending on August 31, 2021 (“Stock Award Exchange Ratio”). Each performance-based restricted stock unit (“PSU”) of Core-Mark was converted into a Company RSU based on the greater of the actual performance as of the acquisition date or the target performance level multiplied by the Stock Award Exchange Ratio. The pro-rata actual level of performance for the applicable performance metrics were greater than target, therefore, the PSUs were converted based on actual performance. The Company RSUs granted as a result of the conversion are subject to the same terms and conditions, such as vesting schedule and termination related vesting provisions, as the Core-Mark awards were subject to prior to their conversion.

On September 1, 2021, the Company granted 614,056 RSUs with a grant date fair value of $49.55 per share. The total $30.4 million grant date fair value was bifurcated with $9.2 million recognized as pre-combination vesting within the purchase price as consideration transferred and $21.2 million is post-combination expense to be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.80 years.

Awards under the Core-Mark 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan fully vested in fiscal 2022. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Core-Mark 2010 and 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plans was $4.8 million for fiscal 2023 and $12.7 million for fiscal 2022, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was $1.3 million in fiscal 2023 and $3.4 million in fiscal 2022. Total unrecognized compensation cost for all awards under the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan is $1.5 million as of July 1, 2023. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.5 years.

The following table summarizes the changes in nonvested RSUs for fiscal 2023 under the Core-Mark 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value

 

Nonvested as of July 2, 2022

 

 

246,850

 

 

$

49.55

 

Vested

 

 

(167,111

)

 

$

49.55

 

Forfeited

 

 

(6,157

)

 

$

49.55

 

Nonvested as of July 1, 2023

 

 

73,582

 

 

$

49.55

 

The total fair value of shares vested was $9.6 million and $0.6$14.3 million for fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.

19.Segment Information

19.Segment Information

TheBased on the Company’s organization structure and how the Company’s management reviews operating results and makes decisions about resource allocation, the Company has three reportable segments, as defined by ASC 280Segment Reporting, related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise. segments: Foodservice, Vistar, and Convenience.

The Performance Foodservice segment marketsdistributes a broad line of national brands, customer brands, and distributesour proprietary-branded food and food-related products, or “Performance Brands.” Foodservice sells to Street restaurants, Chainindependent and multi-unit “Chain” restaurants and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations. The PFG Customized segment principally servesinstitutions such as schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, and retail establishments. Our Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations and include some of the most recognizable family and casual dining channel but also serves fine dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurant chains. TheOur Vistar segment specializes in distributing candy, snacks, beverages, and other items nationally to vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, hospitality, and other channels. Our Convenience segment distributes candy, snack, beverage,snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco products, food and foodservice related products, and other productsitems to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, and other channels. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments, which are eliminated in consolidation. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate charges that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate charges are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the segment is allocated a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on their use of corporate services.

convenience stores across North America.

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense. BeginningCorporate & All Other may also include capital expenditures for certain information technology projects that are transferred to the segments once placed in service.

Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments, which are eliminated in consolidation.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization and excludes certain items that the Company does not consider part of its segments' core operating

73


results, including stock-based compensation expense, changes in the second quarterLIFO reserve, acquisition, integration and reorganization expenses, and gains and losses related to fuel derivatives.

(In millions)

 

Foodservice

 

 

Vistar

 

 

Convenience

 

 

Corporate
& All Other

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated

 

For the fiscal year ended July 1, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net external sales

 

$

28,467.5

 

 

$

4,546.3

 

 

$

24,119.5

 

 

$

121.4

 

 

$

 

 

$

57,254.7

 

Inter-segment sales

 

 

23.1

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

579.0

 

 

 

(605.2

)

 

 

 

Total sales

 

 

28,490.6

 

 

 

4,549.3

 

 

 

24,119.6

 

 

 

700.4

 

 

 

(605.2

)

 

 

57,254.7

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

279.8

 

 

 

42.1

 

 

 

148.0

 

 

 

26.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

496.7

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

191.4

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

46.3

 

 

 

14.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

269.7

 

For the fiscal year ended July 2, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net external sales

 

$

26,561.1

 

 

$

3,679.4

 

 

$

20,603.3

 

 

$

50.3

 

 

$

 

 

$

50,894.1

 

Inter-segment sales

 

 

18.1

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

476.2

 

 

 

(496.7

)

 

 

 

Total sales

 

 

26,579.2

 

 

 

3,681.8

 

 

 

20,603.3

 

 

 

526.5

 

 

 

(496.7

)

 

 

50,894.1

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

260.0

 

 

 

52.6

 

 

 

125.7

 

 

 

24.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

462.8

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

148.2

 

 

 

19.1

 

 

 

31.9

 

 

 

16.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

215.5

 

For the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net external sales

 

$

21,880.0

 

 

$

2,537.4

 

 

$

5,946.8

 

 

$

34.7

 

 

$

 

 

$

30,398.9

 

Inter-segment sales

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

393.9

 

 

 

(406.1

)

 

 

 

Total sales

 

 

21,890.0

 

 

 

2,539.6

 

 

 

5,946.8

 

 

 

428.6

 

 

 

(406.1

)

 

 

30,398.9

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

248.3

 

 

 

47.9

 

 

 

12.6

 

 

 

30.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

338.9

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

99.9

 

 

 

48.0

 

 

 

26.5

 

 

 

14.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

188.8

 

Adjusted EBITDA for each reportable segment and Corporate & All Other is presented below along with a reconciliation to consolidated income before taxes.

 

Fiscal year ended

 

 

July 1, 2023

 

 

July 2, 2022

 

 

July 3, 2021

 

Foodservice Adjusted EBITDA

$

943.6

 

 

$

786.5

 

 

$

677.5

 

Vistar Adjusted EBITDA

 

325.3

 

 

 

193.0

 

 

 

84.8

 

Convenience Adjusted EBITDA

 

328.8

 

 

 

257.1

 

 

 

36.4

 

Corporate & All Other Adjusted EBITDA

 

(234.3

)

 

 

(216.8

)

 

 

(173.4

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(496.7

)

 

 

(462.8

)

 

 

(338.9

)

Interest expense

 

(218.0

)

 

 

(182.9

)

 

 

(152.4

)

Change in LIFO reserve

 

(39.2

)

 

 

(122.9

)

 

 

(36.4

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

(43.3

)

 

 

(44.0

)

 

 

(25.4

)

(Loss) gain on fuel derivatives

 

(5.7

)

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

6.4

 

Acquisition, integration & reorganization expenses

 

(10.6

)

 

 

(49.9

)

 

 

(16.2

)

Other adjustments (1)

 

(5.9

)

 

 

(10.9

)

 

 

(7.7

)

Income before taxes

$

544.0

 

 

$

167.1

 

 

$

54.7

 

(1) Other adjustments include asset impairments, gains and losses on disposal of fiscal 2017, this also includes the operating results from certain recent acquisitions.fixed assets, amounts related to favorable and unfavorable leases, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, and franchise tax expense.

(In millions)

  PFS   PFG
Customized
   Vistar   Corporate
& All Other
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

For fiscal year ended July 1, 2017

          

Net external sales

  $9,813.3   $3,819.5   $3,001.0   $128.0  $—    $16,761.8 

Inter-segment sales

   9.1    1.3    2.6    219.8   (232.8  —   

Total sales

   9,822.4    3,820.8    3,003.6    347.8   (232.8  16,761.8 

EBITDA

   325.2    25.3    120.8    (132.6  —     338.7 

Depreciation and amortization

   57.4    16.1    24.6    28.0   —     126.1 

Capital expenditures

   91.6    9.5    6.4    32.7   —     140.2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For fiscal year ended July 2, 2016

          

Net external sales

  $9,608.9   $3,781.1   $2,698.8   $16.0  $—    $16,104.8 

Inter-segment sales

   7.4    1.0    2.7    204.5   (215.6  —   

Total sales

   9,616.3    3,782.1    2,701.5    220.5   (215.6  16,104.8 

EBITDA

   307.0    34.1    113.0    (137.1  —     317.0 

Depreciation and amortization

   63.2    15.4    18.2    21.8   —     118.6 

Capital expenditures

   67.5    8.2    13.4    30.6   —     119.7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For fiscal year ended June 27, 2015

          

Net external sales

  $9,078.2   $3,752.2   $2,423.4   $16.2  $—    $15,270.0 

Inter-segment sales

   6.8    0.7    2.7    175.4   (185.6  —   

Total sales

   9,085.0    3,752.9    2,426.1    191.6   (185.6  15,270.0 

EBITDA

   254.2    36.5    105.5    (92.6  —     303.6 

Depreciation and amortization

   65.8    15.7    16.4    23.4   —     121.3 

Capital expenditures

   41.8    7.8    14.5    34.5   —     98.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets by reportable segment and Corporate & All Other, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:

(In millions)

  As of
July 1, 2017
   As of
July 2, 2016
 

 

As of
July 1, 2023

 

 

As of
July 2, 2022

 

PFS

  $2,161.2   $1,965.1 

PFG Customized

   667.1    626.2 

Foodservice

 

$

6,511.6

 

 

$

6,455.3

 

Vistar

   654.5    636.2 

 

 

1,292.7

 

 

 

1,133.7

 

Convenience

 

 

4,226.2

 

 

 

4,411.6

 

Corporate & All Other

   321.3    227.9 

 

 

468.5

 

 

 

377.4

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total assets

  $3,804.1   $3,455.4 

 

$

12,499.0

 

 

$

12,378.0

 

  

 

   

 

 

74


The sales mix for the Company’s principal product and service categories is as follows:

(In millions)

  For the fiscal
year ended
July 1, 2017
   For the fiscal
year ended
July 2, 2016
   For the fiscal
year ended
June 27, 2015
 

 

For the fiscal
 year ended
 July 1, 2023

 

 

For the fiscal
 year ended
 July 2, 2022

 

 

For the fiscal
 year ended
 July 3, 2021

 

Cigarettes

 

$

14,902.7

 

 

$

13,197.4

 

 

$

4,231.4

 

Center of the plate

  $5,520.5   $5,187.5   $5,023.3 

 

 

11,285.7

 

 

 

11,332.2

 

 

 

8,931.1

 

Frozen foods

   2,195.3    2,101.3    1,950.4 

Canned and dry groceries

   2,146.6    2,172.8    2,072.5 

 

 

5,537.4

 

 

 

4,602.5

 

 

 

3,290.0

 

Frozen Foods

 

 

4,989.2

 

 

 

4,086.8

 

 

 

3,484.4

 

Candy/snack/theater and concession

 

 

4,986.9

 

 

 

3,826.7

 

 

 

1,725.0

 

Refrigerated and dairy products

   2,093.7    2,081.7    2,039.0 

 

 

4,557.4

 

 

 

4,230.2

 

 

 

2,951.0

 

Paper products and cleaning supplies

 

 

3,189.3

 

 

 

2,695.5

 

 

 

2,312.1

 

Other tobacco products

 

 

2,978.8

 

 

 

2,511.1

 

 

 

704.0

 

Beverage

   1,433.5    1,315.2    1,159.0 

 

 

2,823.3

 

 

 

2,511.6

 

 

 

1,534.9

 

Paper products and cleaning supplies

   1,291.6    1,241.4    1,160.0 

Candy

   706.8    687.2    648.5 

Snack

   627.2    578.6    523.0 

Produce

   490.6    507.7    469.4 

 

 

1,336.8

 

 

 

1,049.2

 

 

 

876.6

 

Theater and concession

   156.0    144.2    131.0 

Merchandising and other services

   100.0    87.2    93.9 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Other miscellaneous goods and services

 

 

667.2

 

 

 

850.9

 

 

 

358.4

 

Total

  $16,761.8   $16,104.8   $15,270.0 

 

$

57,254.7

 

 

$

50,894.1

 

 

$

30,398.9

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cigarette sales represented 26.0%, 25.9%, and 13.9% of net sales for the years ended July 1, 2023, July 2, 2022, and July 3, 2021, respectively. The Company’s significant suppliers include Altria Group, Inc. (parent company of Philip Morris USA Inc.) and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, which, in the aggregate, represents approximately 23.1% and 20.7% of products purchased for the years ended July 1, 2023 and July 2, 2022, respectively. Although cigarettes represent a significant portion of the Company’s total net sales and cost of goods sold, the majority of the Company's gross profit is generated from the sales of food and food-related products.

75


SCHEDULE 1—Registrant’s Condensed Financial Statements

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in millions except share and per share data)

  As of
July 1, 2017
   As of
July 2, 2016
 

(In millions per share data)

 

As of
July 1, 2023

 

 

As of
July 2, 2022

 

ASSETS

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

    

Cash

  $—     $—   

Income tax receivable

   10.7    8.6 

Investment in wholly owned subsidiary

 

$

3,826.3

 

 

$

3,370.0

 

Total assets

 

$

3,826.3

 

 

$

3,370.0

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

-

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

-

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

   10.7    8.6 

Investment in wholly owned subsidiary

   956.2    830.4 
  

 

   

 

 

Total assets

  $966.9   $839.0 
  

 

   

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Intercompany payable

   41.4    36.2 

 

 

80.4

 

 

 

70.5

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

   41.4    36.2 

 

 

80.8

 

 

 

70.5

 

  

 

   

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 100,805,993 shares issued and outstanding as July 1, 2017; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 99,901,288 shares issued and outstanding as July 2, 2016

   1.0    1.0 

Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share, 1.0 billion shares authorized, 154.5 million shares issued and outstanding as of July 1, 2023;
153.6 million shares issued and outstanding as of July 2, 2022

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.5

 

Additionalpaid-in capital

   855.5    836.8 

 

 

2,863.0

 

 

 

2,816.8

 

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

   69.0    (35.0
  

 

   

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

881.0

 

 

 

481.2

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   925.5    802.8 

 

 

3,745.5

 

 

 

3,299.5

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $966.9   $839.0 

 

$

3,826.3

 

 

$

3,370.0

 

  

 

   

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

76


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in millions)

  Fiscal year ended
July 1, 2017
 Fiscal year ended
July 2, 2016
 Fiscal year ended
June 27, 2015
 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal year ended
July 3, 2021

 

Operating expenses

  $5.8  $5.3  $4.9 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

1.1

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating loss

   (5.8 (5.3 (4.9

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(1.1

)

Income tax benefit

   (2.2 (1.9 (1.8
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before equity in net income of subsidiary

   (3.6 (3.4 (3.1

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(1.1

)

Equity in net income of subsidiary, net of tax

   99.9  71.7  59.6 

 

 

398.0

 

 

 

113.2

 

 

 

41.8

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

   96.3  68.3  56.5 

 

 

397.2

 

 

 

112.5

 

 

 

40.7

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   8.2  (1.3 1.2 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

16.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

Total comprehensive income

  $104.5  $67.0  $57.7 

 

$

399.8

 

 

$

129.2

 

 

$

45.7

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

77


PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in millions)

  Fiscal year ended
July 1, 2017
 Fiscal year ended
July 2, 2016(1)
 Fiscal year ended
June 27, 2015
 

 

Fiscal year
ended
July 1, 2023

 

 

Fiscal year
ended
July 2, 2022

 

 

Fiscal year
ended
July 3, 2021

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

  $96.3  $68.3  $56.5 

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

112.5

 

 

$

40.7

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in net income of subsidiary

   (99.9 (71.7 (59.6

 

 

(398.0

)

 

 

(113.2

)

 

 

(41.8

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid offering costs

   —     —    (2.9

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)

Intercompany payables

   5.2  7.9  7.7 

 

 

9.9

 

 

 

9.4

 

 

 

0.5

 

Income tax receivable

   (2.1 (1.9 (1.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   (0.5 2.6   —   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

9.5

 

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

(0.8

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital contributed to subsidiary

   —    (229.4  —   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

(1,386.1

)

 

 

 

Capital contribution to subsidiary

 

 

(27.7

)

 

 

(83.1

)

 

 

(26.2

)

Distribution from subsidiary

 

 

11.2

 

 

 

1,444.6

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   —    (229.4  —   

 

 

(16.5

)

 

 

(24.6

)

 

 

(26.2

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

   4.0  1.3   —   

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

Net proceeds from initial public offering

   —    226.4   —   

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

 

27.7

 

 

 

24.6

 

 

 

26.2

 

Cash paid for shares withheld to cover taxes

   (3.5 (0.9  —   

 

 

(12.6

)

 

 

(11.4

)

 

 

(4.2

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(11.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   0.5  226.8   —   

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

15.9

 

 

 

27.0

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

   —     —     —   

Cash, beginning of period

   —     —     —   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash, end of period

  $—    $—    $—   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash, end of period

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

(1)The condensed statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 has been adjusted to reflect the adoption of ASU2016-09,Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. Cash payments of $0.9 million to tax authorities in connection with shares withheld to meet statutory withholding requirements were reclassified from operating activities to financing activities. Refer to Note 3 of Performance Food Group Company’s consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

78


Notes to Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Statements

1. Description of Performance Food Group Company

Performance Food Group Company (the “Parent”) was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 2002, to effect the purchase of all the outstanding equity interests of PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”). The Parent has no significant operations or significant assets or liabilities other than its investment in PFGC. Accordingly, the Parent is dependent upon distributions from PFGC to fund its obligations. However, under the terms of PFGC’s various debt agreements, PFGC’s ability to pay dividends or lend to the Parent is restricted, except that PFGC may pay specified amounts to the Parent to fund the payment of the Parent’s franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes, and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence.

2. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed financial statements (parent company only) include the accounts of the Parent and its investment in PFGC, Inc. accounted for in accordance with the equity method, and do not present the financial statements of the Parent and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis. These parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Performance Food Group Company consolidated financial statements. The Parent is included in the consolidated federal and certain unitary, consolidated and combined state income tax returns with its subsidiaries. The Parent’s tax balances reflect its share of such filings.

79


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange(“Exchange Act”), require public companies, including us, to maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” which are defined in Rule13a-15(e) and Rule15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required or necessary disclosures. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. In accordance with Rule13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form10-K, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report,Form 10-K, were effective to accomplish their objectives at a reasonable assurance level.effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

i.
pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
ii.
provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and our board of directors; and
iii.
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

i.pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

ii.provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and our board of directors; and

iii.provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on our assessment, under the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the COSO, management has concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2017. In addition, the2023.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 20172023, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which appears in Part II, Item 8.

80


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rule13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act), that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended July 1, 20172023, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

During the three months ended July 1, 2023, no director or officer of the Company adopted, terminated or modified a ‘Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement’ or ‘non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,’ as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable

81


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 20172023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions “Corporate Governance at Performance Food Group,” “Executive Officers of the Company,” “Report of the Audit and Finance Committee” and “Election of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference. We willexpect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 1, 2017.2023.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 20172023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Report of the Human Capital and Compensation Committee,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Compensation of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference. We willexpect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 1, 2017.2023.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 20172023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “Ownership of Securities” and is incorporated herein by reference. We willexpect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 1, 2017.2023.

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 20172023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance at Performance Food Group” and “Transactions with Related Persons” and is incorporated herein by reference. We willexpect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 1, 2017.2023.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 20172023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference. We willexpect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 1, 2017.

2023.

82


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
The following documents are filed, or incorporated by reference, as part of this Form 10-K:
1.
All financial statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page [41] of this Form 10-K.
2.
All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not present, not present in material amounts, or presented within the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto within Item 8.
3.
Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index immediately following Item 16. Form 10-K Summary, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

(a)The following documents are filed, or incorporated by reference, as part of this Form10-K:

1.All financial statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 56 of thisForm 10-K.

2.All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not present, not present in material amounts, or presented within the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto within Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

3.Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

Item 16. Form10-K Summary

None.

83


SIGNATURES

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

Description

    2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 2021, by and among Performance Food Group Company, Longhorn Merger Sub I, Inc., Longhorn Merger Sub II, LLC and Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2021).

    3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2019).

    3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2023).

    4.1

Indenture, dated as of September 27, 2019, by and between PFG Escrow Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2019).

    4.2

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2019, among Performance Food Group, Inc., PFGC, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2019).

    4.3

Form of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2019).

    4.4

Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2020, by and between Performance Food Group, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2020).

    4.5

Form of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2020).

    4.6

Indenture, dated as of July 26, 2021, by and between Performance Food Group, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2021).

    4.7

Form of 4.250% Senior Notes due 2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2021).

    4.8*

Description of Capital Stock of Performance Food Group Company

  10.1

Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 17, 2021, among PFGC, Inc., Performance Food Group, Inc., Wells Fargo, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, and the other lenders thereto. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 20, 2021).

  10.2

First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 17, 2023, among PFGC, Inc., Performance Food Group, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 18, 2023).

  10.3†

Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2015).

84


  10.4†

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2015).

  10.5†

Amendment No. 1 to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 2019).

  10.6†

Employment Letter Agreement, dated September 6, 2002, between George L. Holm and Performance Food Group Company (f/k/a Wellspring Distribution Corp.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2014).

  10.7†

Form of Option Award Agreement for Named Executive Officers under the 2007 Management Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2015).

  10.8†

Form of Option Grant under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2015).

     10.9†

Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2018).

10.10†

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2020).

10.11†

Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2020).

10.12†

Performance Food Group Company Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2020).

10.13†

Amendment No. 1 to Performance Food Group Company Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2023).

10.14†

Performance Food Group Company Executive Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2020).

10.15†

Form of Performance Food Group Company Executive Severance Plan Participation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2020).

10.16†

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (Graded Vesting) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020).

10.17†

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (Cliff Vesting) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020).

85


10.18†

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (with Retirement provision) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020).

10.19†

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (without Retirement provision) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020).

10.20†

Form of Option Grant under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2022).

10.21†*

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

10.22†

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Core-Mark’s Current Report on Form 8-K (file No. 000-51515) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2019).

10.23†

Amendment No. 1 to the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of September 1, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-259238) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2021).

10.24†

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended, effective May 20, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Annex II of Core-Mark’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 000-51515) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 2014).

10.25†

Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 1, 2021, between Scott McPherson and Performance Food Group Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 19, 2022).

10.26†

Consulting Agreement, dated August 9, 2022, between the Company and James D. Hope (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2022).

  21.1*

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

  23.1*

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

  24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

  31.1*

CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  31.2*

CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  32.1*

CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  32.2*

CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS**

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 104**

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

* Filed herewith.

86


** Inline XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

† Identifies exhibits that consist of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

87


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized on the 25th16th day of August 2017.2023.

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

(Registrant)

By:

/s/ George L. Holm

Name:

George L. Holm

Title:

Chief Executive Officer & President

(Principal Executive Officer and Authorized Signatory)

88


POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints A. Brent King and Jeffery Fender, and each of them, as his or her true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents, with power to act with or without the others and with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys and agents and each of them may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder in connection with the registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July 1, 20172023 (the “Annual Report”), including specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, power and authority to sign the name of the registrant and the name of the undersigned, individually and in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the registrant, to the Annual Report as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, to any and all amendments thereto, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part thereof or in connection therewith; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and agents and each of them shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 25th16th day of August 2017.2023.

Signatures

Title

/s/ George L. Holm

Chief Executive Officer; Director

George L. Holm

Chief Executive Officer & President; Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Thomas G. Ondrof

Thomas G. OndrofH. Patrick Hatcher

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

H. Patrick Hatcher

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Christine Vlahcevic

Christine Vlahcevic

Chief Accounting Officer

Christine Vlahcevic

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Barbara J. Beck

Director

Barbara J. Beck

/s/ William F. Dawson Jr.

Director

William F. Dawson Jr.

Director

/s/ Bruce McEvoy

Bruce McEvoy

Director

/s/ Jeffrey Overly

Jeffrey OverlyManuel A. Fernandez.

Director

/s/ Douglas M. Steenland

Douglas M. SteenlandManuel A. Fernandez

Director

/s/ Arthur B. Winkleblack

Arthur B. Winkleblack

Director

/s/ JohnLaura J. Zillmer

John J. ZillmerFlanagan

Director

/s/ Meredith Adler

Meredith AdlerLaura J. Flanagan

Director

/s/ Matthew C. Flanigan

Director

Matthew C. Flanigan

/s/ Kimberly S. Grant

Director

Kimberly S. Grant

Director

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

Description

/s/ Jeffrey M. Overly

    3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
    3.2Amended and RestatedBy-Laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
    4.1Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2016, by and among Performance Food Group, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 2016).
    4.2Form of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 2016).
    4.3Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2016, among T.F. Kinnealey & Co., Inc., Larry Kline Wholesale Meats and Provisions, Inc. and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 5.50% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (FileNo. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2017).
  10.1Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 1, 2016, among Performance Food Group, Inc., the other borrowers thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q
(FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 3, 2016).
  10.2Credit Agreement, dated May 14, 2013, among Performance Food Group Inc., PFGC, Inc., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets, Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1
(File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.3Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2015, among Performance Food Group Company and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
  10.4Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 6, 2015, among the Performance Food Group Company and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
  10.5†Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.6†2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).

Director

Exhibit No.Jeffrey M. Overly

Description

  10.10†

Employment Letter Agreement, dated September 6, 2002, between George L. Holm and Performance Food Group Company (f/k/a Wellspring Distribution Corp.) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1
(File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.11Amended and Restated Advisory Fee Agreement between Performance Food Group Company, Blackstone Management Partners LLC and Wellspring Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1
(File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.12†Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 7, 2014, between Jim Hope and Performance Food Group (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.13†Employment Letter Agreement, dated December 11, 2014, between David Flitman and Performance Food Group Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.14†Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement, dated April 12, 2010, between Douglas M. Steenland and Performance Food Group Company (formerly known as Wellspring Distribution Corp.) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.15†Form of Option Award Agreement for Named Executive Officers under the 2007 Management Option Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.16†Form of Severance Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.17†Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.18†Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.19†Form of Option Grant under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1 (File333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
  10.20†Transition Agreement, dated May 3, 2016, between Performance Food Group Company and Robert D. Evans (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on May 4, 2016 (File001-37578)).
  10.21First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated August 3, 2017, among Performance Food Group, Inc., the other borrowers thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2017).

Exhibit No./s/ David V. Singer

DescriptionDirector

David V. Singer

  10.22†

Letter Agreement, dated August 19, 2016, between Performance Food Group Company and Thomas G. Ondrof (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K (FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 22, 2016).

/s/ Randall N. Spratt

Director

  10.23†

Randall N. Spratt

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Equity Award), dated July 30, 2015, between David Flitman and Performance Food Group Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2016).

  10.24†

/s/ Warren M. Thompson

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Buyout Award), dated July 30, 2015, between David Flitman and Performance Food Group Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2016).

Director

Warren M. Thompson

  10.25†

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement(Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (FileNo. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2016).
  21.1*Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1*Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  24.1*Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Annual Report on Form10-K)
  31.1*CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2*CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1*CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.2*CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS**XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*Filed herewith.
**XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Identifies exhibits that consist of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

89

111